ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (2,367)
  • Online Books  (2,367)
  • 2025-2025  (2)
  • 2015-2019  (1,101)
  • 2010-2014  (900)
  • 1985-1989  (369)
  • 1945-1949  (1)
Collection
  • Books  (2,367)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Paris : OECD
    Call number: PIK P 113-10-0202
    Description / Table of Contents: This joint IEA/NEA report on electricity generating costs presents the latest data available for a wide variety of fuels and technologies, including coal and gas (with and without carbon capture), nuclear, hydro, onshore and offshore wind, biomass, solar, wave and tidal as well as combined heat and power (CHP).  It provides levelised costs of electricity (LCOE) per MWh for almost 200 plants, based on data covering 21 countries (including four major non-OECD countries), and several industrial companies and organisations.  For the first time, the report contains an extensive sensitivit
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 215 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9789264084308
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Acknowledgements; List of participating members of the Expert Group; CONTENTS; List of tables; List of figures; Executive summary; Part I: Methodology and Data on Levelised Costs for Generating Electricity; Chapter 1 Introduction and context; Chapter 2 Methodology, conventions and key assumptions; Chapter 3 Technology overview; Chapter 4 Country-by-country data on electricity generating costs for different technologies; Part 2: Sensitivity analyses and boundary issues; Chapter 5 Median case; Chapter 6 Sensitivity analyses. , Chapter 7 System integration aspects of variable renewable power generationChapter 8 Financing issues; Chapter 9 Levelised costs and the working of actual power markets; Chapter 10 Carbon capture and storage; Chapter 11 Synthesis report on other studies of the levelised cost of electricity; ANNEXES; Annex 1 Issues concerning data from non-OECD countries and assumptions forthe electricity generating cost calculations; Annex 2 List of abbreviations;.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: PIK B 120-15-0145
    Description / Table of Contents: In one lifetime, GDP, or Gross Domestic Product, has ballooned from a narrow economic tool into a global article of faith. It is our universal yardstick of progress. As The Little Big Number demonstrates, this spells trouble. While economies and cultures measure their performance by it, GDP ignores central facts such as quality, costs, or purpose. It only measures output: more cars, more accidents; more lawyers, more trials; more extraction, more pollution-all count as success. Sustainability and quality of life are overlooked. Losses don't count. GDP promotes a form of stupid growth and igno
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 398 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9780691166520
    Language: English
    Note: Cover; Title; Copyright; CONTENTS; Acknowledgments; Introduction: We Become What We Measure; Casting a Spell; Exploring a Path; 1. More, Better, Faster: The Beginnings ; Productivity, Growth, and Success; Goals and Measures; Values and Measures; 2. The Origins of Bling: The Spirit of Economic Growth ; The World of Growth: Refining the Measure; Business Accounting Goes National; 3. The Crucible of Crisis: The Great Depression and the Need for Economic Indicators ; 4. Born from Disaster: The Making of a Key Measure ; The Challenge; The Players; The Method; The Findings. , The Big Conundrum: Translating Findings into Action5. Forged in War; 6. Global Domination: The Age of GDP ; For Richer or Poorer; A Stunted Priesthood; Stopgap Consensus; Going Global; New Rules; GDP Junkies; Shackled in Fool's Gold; 7. Today's ABC of GDP ; It's an Emperor, but Does It Have Clothes?; Why It Matters; 8. More Is Not Enough ; The Little Big Number: Our Report Card for Success; Emerging Dissent; 9. "The People of Plenty Are a People of Waste"; Breaking the Spell; 10. From Alchemy to Reason: What If? A Thought Experiment; Mental Cobwebs; One More Time: Simon Kuznets. , Clearing a Path11. Looking Forward; A Daring Vision; A Moment of Possibility; Appendix A. The Measure as Guide; Notes; Bibliography; Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Kohlhammer
    Call number: PIK B 050-15-0138
    Description / Table of Contents: Wirtschaftsethik ist im Zeitalter der Globalisierung zu einem zentralen Diskussionsthema geworden. Für dieses Lehrbuch wurde nun erstmals kein systematisch-analytischer Ansatz, sondern ein historisch-genetischer Zugang zur Wirtschaftsethik gewählt. Durch die Herausarbeitung der vielfältigen und komplexen historischen Wandlungsprozesse werden pointierend Leitbilder bzw. Paradigmen der Wirtschaftsethik vorgestellt, die über den Lauf der Geschichte das Denken und Handeln geprägt haben. Ausgehend von der Entwicklung der Horden- und Stammesmoral bis hin zur Globalisierung der letzten Jahrzehnte wird ein historischer Streifzug unternommen, bei dem der Verfasser sieben wohlunterscheidbare Paradigmen herausarbeiten kann. Die Darstellung ist ein wissenschaftlich fundierter Grundriss zu einem komplexen Themenfeld an der Schnittstelle von Ökonomik, Geschichte, Theologie und Philosophie, der bewusst interdisziplinär angelegt ist, aber aufgrund seiner verständlichen Sprache sowohl für Fachleute der verschiedenen Disziplinen als auch für akademisch Vorgebildete einen Zugang zur Geschichte der Wirtschaftsethik bietet. Prof. Dr. Bernd Noll lehrt Volkswirtschaftslehre und Wirtschaftsethik an der Hochschule Pforzheim.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 459 S.
    ISBN: 3170200259 , 9783170200258
    Language: German
    Note: Deckblatt; Titelseite; Impressum; Inhaltsverzeichnis; Vorwort; 1 Die Bedeutung von Moral und Ethik für den wirtschaftlichen Entwicklungsprozess; 2 Zur Entwicklung einer Horden- und Stammesmoral; 2.1 Vorgeschichte: Ein interdisziplinäres Projekt; 2.2 Rahmenbedingungen vorgeschichtlicher Existenz; 2.2.1 Biologische‚ anthropologische und soziale Entwicklungen; 2.2.2 Grundlinien einer Ökonomie der Steinzeit; 2.3 Denkweise‚ wirtschaftliches Verhalten und Moralität; 2.3.1 Von mythisch-magischer und dogmatischer Denkweise; 2.3.2 Moral in der Horde; 2.3.3 Moral und wirtschaftliches Verhalten. , 3 Griechische Antike: Die Lehre vom wohlgeordneten Haus3.1 Zeitliche Einordnung der griechischen Antike; 3.2 Wirtschaftliche, soziale und politische Verhältnisse; 3.3 Entstehung antiker Philosophie und Ethik; 3.3.1 Vom Mythos zum Logos; 3.3.2 Sokrates, Platon und Aristoteles: Ihre Beiträge im Überblick; 3.4 Drei grundlegende Erkenntniswege; 3.5 Tugendethik - Leitlinien für eine Individualethik; 3.6 Der wohlgeordnete Kosmos: Ordnungsethik für eine geschlossene Gesellschaft; 3.6.1 Zum Verhältnis von Oikos und Polis. , 3.6.2 Unnatürliche Erwerbskunst (Chrematistik) und die Institutionen der Marktwirtschaft3.7 Das Erbe der griechischen Antike; 4 Jüdische und frühchristliche Traditionen: Gerechtigkeit, Liebe und Barmherzigkeit; 4.1 Ursprung und Verbreitung des jüdischen und christlichen Glaubens; 4.2 Politische‚ wirtschaftliche und soziale Entwicklung in Palästina; 4.3 Religiös-biblische Traditionen und ihr Beitrag zur Ethik; 4.3.1 Die Bibel als Quelle religiöser und moralischer Vorstellungen; 4.3.2 Zum Zusammenhang von Religion‚ Recht und Moral; 4.3.3 Ethische Grundaspekte im Alten und Neuen Testament. , 4.4 Maßstäbe für wirtschaftliches Handeln aus biblischer Sicht4.4.1 Arbeitsethos‚ Erwerbsstreben und Genuss; 4.4.2 Eigentum‚ Sozialbindung‚ Zins und Preis; 4.4.3 Macht‚ Herrschaft und staatliche Redistribution; 4.4.4 Gerechtigkeit und Gleichheit; 4.4.5 Ausdifferenzierung der Wirtschaft: Handel und Geldwesen; 4.5 Der Beitrag der jüdisch-christlichen Ethik zur Entfaltung wirtschaftsethischer Kategorien; 5 Mittelalter: die Moralphilosophie als »Magd der Theologie«; 5.1 Zeitliche Einordnung; 5.2 Das »finstere« Mittelalter: Wirtschaftliche‚ soziale und politische Verhältnisse. , 5.3 Das mittelalterliche Weltbild und die Stellung der Kirche5.4 Patristik und Scholastik: Wichtige Denker und ihr Beitrag; 5.5 Schöpfungsordnung‚ Wirtschaften und Wirtschaftsethik; 5.5.1 Die Einbettung der Wirtschaft in die Schöpfungsordnung; 5.5.2 Tugendethik und Wirtschaften; 5.5.3 Wirtschaftsethische Lehren der Scholastik; 5.5.4 Von frommen Klosterbrüdern‚ edlen Rittern und sündigen Kaufleuten; 5.6 Das Mittelalter: Finsteres Zeitalter und Nährboden für eine neuzeitliche Wirtschaftsethik; 6 Neuzeit: Herausbildung einer marktwirtschaftlich-kapitalistischen Ethik; 6.1 Zeitliche Einordnung. , 6.2 Wirtschaftliche‚ soziale und politische Entwicklungslinien.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Call number: IASS 15.89611
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Technologie der CO2-Abtrennung und -Speicherung (CCS) sowie die CO2-Nutzung (CCR) wird in diesem Fachbuch umfassend und aus unterschiedlicher Perspektive beleuchtet. Experten aus Forschung und Industrie stellen die CCS- und CCR-Technologie auf Basis der naturwissenschaftlichen und technischen Grundlagen vor und legen den Stand der Technik dar. Sie vergleichen Energiebilanzen für verschiedene Techniken und diskutieren rechtliche, wirtschaftliche und gesellschaftspolitische Aspekte. In Szenarioanalysen zeigen sie den möglichen zukünftigen Beitrag der Technologien auf und stellen die Sichtweisen der verschiedenen Stakeholder-Gruppen vor. Die Autoren haben den Anspruch, wertfrei zu informieren. Dabei legen sie die Kriterien für die Bewertung der einzelnen Sichtweisen offen. Die Zielgruppen Das Buch richtet sich sowohl an Entscheidungsträger in Industrie, Wirtschaft, Verwaltung und Politik als auch an Wissenschaftler und Studenten. Aufgrund der ganzheitlichen Betrachtungsweise ist es für eine Vielzahl weiterer Akteure aus allen gesellschaftlichen Bereichen von großem Interesse. Der Inhalt I Einleitung und Motivation. - II CO2: Eigenschaften, Herkunft, Verwendung und Mengen. - III CO2-Abtrennung und -Speicherung. - IV CO2-Nutzung (CCR). - V Multikriterielle Bewertung von CCS und CCR. - VI Szenarien. - VII CCS aktuell. Die Herausgeber Prof. Dr.-Ing. Manfred Fischedick ist Vizepräsident am Wuppertal Institut für Klima, Umwelt, Energie sowie Professor an der Schumpeter School of Business and Economics der Bergischen Universität Wuppertal. Prof. Dr. Ing. habil. Klaus Görner ist Leiter des Lehrstuhls für Umweltverfahrenstechnik und Anlagentechnik der Universität Duisburg-Essen. Er ist gleichzeitig wissenschaftlicher Vorstand des Gas- und Wärme-Instituts e.V., Essen. Dipl.-Geogr. Margit Thomeczek ist Leiterin des Netzwerks Kraftwerkstechnik NRW der EnergieAgentur.NRW und Mitglied des Vorstands des Rhein Ruhr Power e.V., Düsseldorf
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXII, 855 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783642195273
    Language: German
    Note: I Einleitung und MotivationII CO2 Eigenschaften, Herkunft, Verwendung und Mengen -- III CO2-Abtrennung und -Speicherung -- IV CO2-Nutzung (CCR) -- V Multikriterielle Bewertung von CCS und CCR -- VI Szenarien -- VII CCS aktuell..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Green Books
    Call number: IASS 15.89662
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈div〉Is flying an irreplaceable part of 21st-century life? Flying is never zero-carbon, so can we reduce it, or even do without it? Can businesses succeed in a globalized world without international air travel? What about ?love miles' ? visiting friends and family overseas? Fourteen authors from around the world ? lawyers, journalists, scientists, architects ? share their travel stories about life and work ?beyond flying', offering us an inspiring catalogue of reasons to fly less, some great ways of switching to sustainable choices, and the delights of richer travel experiences.〈/div〉
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 204 p.
    ISBN: 9780857842091
    Parallel Title: Print version: Beyond Flying : Rethinking air travel in a globally connected world
    Language: English
    Note: Front cover; Title page; Copyright page; Contents; Dedication; Friends of the Earth: rethinking travel; Foreword; Preface; Introduction; PART 1: THINKING BEYOND FLYING; Chapter 1: To fly or not to fly?; Chapter 2: Deciding never to fly again; Chapter 3: Young people and climate change; Chapter 4: Waking up to the downsides of flying; Chapter 5: Slow and low - the way to go: a systems view of travel emissions; PART 2: BUSINESS BEYOND FLYING; Chapter 6: A green travel experiment; Chapter 7: Trains versus planes: building a low-carbon travel agency. , Chapter 8: Going cold turkey: a law practice without any flightsChapter 9: The no-flying conference: Signs of Change; Chapter 10: Slowlier than thou: why flight-free travel is about better, not less; PART 3: SAVOURING THE JOURNEY; Chapter 11: The human engine: bicycling to Beijing; Chapter 12: Walking distance; Chapter 13: bike2oz: the world going through you instead of around you; Chapter 14: A small matter of distance: trying not to fly to climate talks; Chapter 15: Travel on a hot planet: exploring the global tourist industry overland; How to fly less; Index; Other Green Books titles. , About Green Books.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton [u.a.] : Princeton University Press
    Call number: PIK B 130-15-0139
    Description / Table of Contents: Efficiently Inefficient describes the key trading strategies used by hedge funds and demystifies the secret world of active investing. Leading financial economist Lasse Heje Pedersen combines the latest research with real-world examples and interviews with top hedge fund managers to show how certain trading strategies make money-and why they sometimes don't. Pedersen views markets as neither perfectly efficient nor completely inefficient. Rather, they are inefficient enough that money managers can be compensated for their costs through the profits of their trading strategies and efficient e
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV,348 S. , graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9780691166193
    Language: English
    Note: Cover; Title; Copyright; Contents; The Main Themes in Three Simple Tables; Preface; Who Should Read the Book?; Acknowledgments; About the Author; Introduction; i. Efficiently Inefficient Markets; ii. Global Trading Strategies: Overview of the Book; iii. Investment Styles and Factor Investing; Part I Active Investment; Chapter 1 Understanding Hedge Funds and Other Smart Money; Chapter 2 Evaluating Trading Strategies: Performance Measures; Chapter 3 Finding and Backtesting Strategies: Profiting in Efficiently Inefficient Markets; Chapter 4 Portfolio Construction and Risk Management. , Chapter 5 Trading and Financing a Strategy: Market andPart II Equity Strategies; Chapter 6 Introduction to Equity Valuation and Investing; Chapter 7 Discretionary Equity Investing; Interview with Lee S. Ainslie III of Maverick Capital; Chapter 8 Dedicated Short Bias; Interview with James Chanos of Kynikos Associates; Chapter 9 Quantitative Equity Investing; Interview with Cliff Asness of AQR Capital Management; Part III Asset Allocation and Macro Strategies; Chapter 10 Introduction to Asset Allocation: The Returns to the Major Asset Classes; Chapter 11 Global Macro Investing. , Interview with George Soros of Soros Fund ManagementChapter 12 Managed Futures: Trend-Following Investing; Interview with David Harding of Winton Capital Management; Part IV Arbitrage Strategies; Chapter 13 Introduction to Arbitrage Pricing and Trading; Chapter 14 Fixed-Income Arbitrage; Interview with Nobel Laureate Myron Scholes; Chapter 15 Convertible Bond Arbitrage; Interview with Ken Griffin of Citadel; Chapter 16 Event-Driven Investments; Interview with John A. Paulson of Paulson & Co.; References; Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Paris : OECD
    Call number: PIK W 101-16-89599
    Description / Table of Contents: This annual publication provides information on policy developments and related support to agriculture in OECD countries and selected partner economies, measured with the OECD Producer Support Estimate methodology. Countries covered represent about 80% of the global value added in agriculture. The report includes a general discussion on developments in agricultural policies and specific chapters for each country covered
    Description / Table of Contents: This annual publication provides information on policy developments and related support to agriculture in OECD countries and selected partner economies, measured with the OECD Producer Support Estimate methodology. Countries covered represent about 80% of the global value added in agriculture. The report includes a general discussion on developments in agricultural policies and specific chapters for each country covered.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 293 S. , graph. Darst.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9789264234529
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Table of contents; Reader's guide; Definition of OECD indicators of agricultural support; Nominal indicators used in this report; Ratio indicators and percentage indicators; Box 1. Definitions of categories in the PSE classification; Decomposition indicators; Definition of GSSE categories; Sources and definitions of contextual indicators; Table X.1. Contextual indicators; Box 2. Definitions of categories in the GSSE classification; Figure X.2. Main macroeconomic indicators; Figure X.3. Agro-food trade; OECD indicators of support; Currencies. , List of acronyms and abbreviationsExecutive summary; Recommendations; Chapter 1. Developments in agricultural policy and support; Key economic and market developments; Table 1.1. Key economic indicators; Figure 1.1. Commodity world price indices, 2007 to 2014; Main features of agricultural policies; Box 1.1. Agriculture and COP21; Box 1.2. Developments post the 2013 Bali WTO Ministerial; Developments in agricultural support; Countries' importance in global agriculture has changed since the mid-1990s - and so has their role in supporting agriculture. , Figure 1.2. Country shares in total agricultural GDP and in total TSE, 1995-97 and 2012-14Total monetary transfers to the agricultural sector were stable in some countries, but increased significantly in others; Figure 1.3. Evolution of Total Support Estimate, 1995-97 to 2012-14; However the relative cost of agricultural support for the economies has decreased significantly over time in most of the countries; Figure 1.4. Total Support Estimate by country, 1995-97 and 2012-14. , The total agricultural support is dominated by support to agricultural producers, while expenditures on key general services to the sector are relatively smallFigure 1.5. Composition of Total Support Estimate by country, 2012-14; Average support to agricultural producers in OECD countries and emerging economies is converging; Figure 1.6. Evolution of Producer Support Estimate, 1995 to 2014; However short- and long-term changes across individual countries remain very uneven; Figure 1.7. Producer Support Estimate by country, 2013 and 2014. , Box 1.3. What drove changes in the monetary value of producer support in 2014?Figure 1.8. Contribution of various factors to the change in the Producer Support Estimate in 2014; Box 1.3. What drove changes in the monetary value of producer support in 2014? (cont.); Figure 1.9. Evolution of producer support at different stages of economic development, 1986 to 2013; Figure 1.10. Producer Support Estimate by country, 1995-97 and 2012-14; Differences in policy approaches are also reflected in policy instruments; Figure 1.11. Composition of Producer Support Estimate by country, 2012-14. , Figure 1.12. Composition of payments based on area, animal numbers, receipts and income by country, 1995-97 and 2012-14.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: 6/M 16.89656
    Description / Table of Contents: Geodetic datum (including coordinate datum, height datum, depth datum, gravimetry datum) and geodetic systems (including geodetic coordinate system, plane coordinate system, height system, gravimetry system) are the common foundations for every aspect of geomatics. This course book focuses on geodetic datum and geodetic systems, and describes the basic theories, techniques, methods of geodesy. The main themes include: the various techniques of geodetic data acquisition, geodetic datum and geodetic control networks, geoid and height systems, reference ellipsoid and geodetic coordinate systems, Gaussian projection and Gaussian plan coordinates and the establishment of geodetic coordinate systems. The framework of this book is based on several decades of lecture noted and the contents are developed systematically for a complete introduction to the geodetic foundations of geomatics.
    Description / Table of Contents: REVIEW: "The present work integrates both classical materials and modern developments in geodesy, it describes pure theoretical approaches and recent practical applications. The book can be used as a general textbook for undergraduates studying geomatics and survejing and mapping in higher education institutions. For technicians who are engaged in geomatic and surveying engineering, the book is strongly recommended as a basic and useful reference guide."
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 401 S.
    ISBN: 9783642412455 , 9783642412448
    Classification:
    Geodesy
    Language: English
    Note: Introduction -- Geodetic Data Collection Techniques -- Geodetic datum and Geodetic Control Network -- Geoid and Height System -- Reference Ellipsoid and Geodetic Coordinate System -- Gauss and UTM Conformal Projection and Plane Rectangular Coordinate System -- Establishment of Geodetic Coordinate System
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: 8/M 15.89430
    In: Geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering, Vol. 37
    Description / Table of Contents: This book offers a broad perspective on important topics in earthquake geotechnical engineering and gives specialists and those that are involved with research and application a more comprehensive understanding about the various topics. Consisting of eighteen chapters written by authors from the most seismic active regions of the world, such as USA, Japan, Canada, Chile, Italy, Greece, Portugal, Taiwan, and Turkey, the book reflects different views concerning how to assess and minimize earthquake damage. The authors, a prominent group of specialists in the field of earthquake geotechnical engineering, are the invited lecturers of the International Conference on Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering from Case History to Practice in the honour of Professor Kenji Ishihara held in Istanbul, Turkey during 17-19 June 2013
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 479 p. , Ill.
    ISBN: 9783319107851
    Series Statement: Geotechnical, Geological and Earthquake Engineering 37
    Classification:
    Seismology
    Language: English
    Note: Geotechnical damage in the downstream reaches of the Tone river in the 2011 East Japan EarthquakeAmplification Effects of Thin Soft Surface Layers: A Study for NBCC 2015 -- New design spectra in Eurocode 8 and preliminary application to the seismic risk of Thessaloniki, Greece -- Incorporating Site Response into Seismic Hazard Assessments for Critical Facilities: A Probabilistic Approach -- Stress Scaling Factors For Seismic Soil Liquefaction Engineering Problems: A Performance-Based Approach -- Site amplification formula using Average Vs in equivalent surface layer based on vertical array strong motion records -- Observations from Istanbul vertical arrays and site specific response analysis -- Combined failure mechanism of a breakwater subject to Tsunami during 2011 East Japan Earthquake -- Lessons Learned From Dams Behavior Under Recent Earthquakes -- Nonlinear dynamic analyses of liquefaction effects on dams -- The Effects of Liquefaction on Earthquake Ground Motions -- Shaking model tests on liquefaction mitigation of embedded lifeline -- Effect of Long Duration of the Main Shock and a Big Aftershock on the Liquefaction-Induced Damage During the 2011 Great East Japan Earthquake -- Liquefaction Observed During the 2010 Chile Earthquake -- A Case Study of Silty Sand Liquefaction- 2010 Hsin Hwa Liquefaction in Taiwan -- Post-earthquake analysis for a seismic retrofitting: the case history of a piled foundation in Augusta (Italy) -- Pile design in laterally spreading soil: Feedback from numerical predictions and model test results -- Integrating use of Swedish weight sounding tests for earthquake reconnaissance investigations..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar
    Call number: PIK N 071-16-89990
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover -- Copyright -- Contents -- Alphabetical list of entries -- Figures and tables -- Editors and contributors -- Preface -- Part I Concepts and Definitions -- 1 Anthropocene and planetary boundaries -- 2 Consumerism -- 3 Earth system governance -- 4 Environment and nature -- 5 Global environmental governance -- 6 Inclusive development -- 7 Liberal environmentalism and governance norms -- 8 Risk -- 9 Sustainable development -- Part II Theories and Methods -- 10 Constructivism and sociological institutionalism -- 11 Cost-benefit analysis -- 12 Deep ecology -- 13 Deliberative policy analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 14 Feminism -- 15 Governmentality -- 16 Integrated assessment modeling -- 17 Neo-Gramscianism -- 18 Neoliberal institutionalism -- 19 Qualitative comparative analysis -- 20 Quantitative comparative analysis -- 21 Simulations -- 22 Teaching global environmental governance -- 23 World society -- Part III Actors -- 24 Civil society -- 25 European Union -- 26 Individuals -- 27 International bureaucracies -- 28 Media -- 29 Private sector -- 30 Religious movements -- 31 Scientists and experts -- 32 States -- 33 United Nations -- Part IV Institutions -- 34 Clubs -- 35 International organizations
    Description / Table of Contents: 36 Mega-conferences -- 37 Private environmental governance -- 38 Public-private partnerships -- 39 Regimes -- Part V Issue Areas -- 40 Air pollution -- 41 Arctic -- 42 Biological diversity -- 43 Biosafety and genetically modified organisms -- 44 Chemicals -- 45 Climate change -- 46 Desertification -- 47 Fisheries and whaling -- 48 Forestry -- 49 Hazardous waste -- 50 Ocean space -- 51 Ozone depletion -- 52 Phosphorus -- 53 Renewable energy -- 54 Water -- 55 Wetlands -- Part VI Cross-Cutting Questions and Emerging Topics -- 56 Effectiveness -- 57 Environmental policy diffusion
    Description / Table of Contents: 58 Environmental policy integration -- 59 Green economy -- 60 Institutional fragmentation -- 61 Millennium Development Goals and Sustainable Development Goals -- 62 Orchestration -- Part VII Borders and Interlinkages -- 63 Agriculture -- 64 Food -- 65 Health -- 66 Poverty -- 67 Security -- 68 Trade -- Index
    Description / Table of Contents: Providing its readers with a unique point of reference, as well as stimulus for further research, the Encyclopedia of Global Environmental Governance and Politics is an indispensable tool for anyone interested in the governance and politics of the environment, particularly students, researchers and practitioners. This comprehensive reference work, written by some of the most eminent academics in the field, contains entries on numerous aspects of global environmental governance and politics, including concepts and definitions; theories and methods; actors; institutions; issue-areas; cross-cutt
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXI, 563 S. , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781782545781 , 9781782545798 (print) , 1782545786 (print)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berkeley : University of California Press
    Call number: IASS 16.89932
    Description / Table of Contents: Charles C. Ragin's "The Comparative Method" proposes a synthetic strategy, based on an application of Boolean algebra, that combines the strengths of both qualitative and quantitative sociology. Elegantly accessible and germane to the work of all the social sciences, and now updated with a new introduction, this book will continue to garner interest, debate, and praise
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxx, 185 S.
    ISBN: 9780520280038
    Language: English
    Note: Cover; Contents; Preface and Overview; Acknowledgments; Introduction to the 2014 Edition; 1. The Distinctiveness of Comparative Social Science; 2. Heterogeneity and Causal Complexity; 3. Case-Oriented Comparative Methods; 4. The Variable-Oriented Approach; 5. Combined Versus Synthetic Comparative Strategies; 6. A Boolean Approach to Qualitative Comparison: Basic Concepts; 7. Extensions of Boolean Methods of Qualitative Comparison; 8. Applications of Boolean Methods of Qualitative Comparison; 9. The Dialogue of Ideas and Evidence in Social Research; Bibliography; Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Routledge
    Call number: IASS 16.89933
    Description / Table of Contents: Bringing together papers written by Norman Fairclough over a 25 year period, Critical Discourse Analysis represents a comprehensive and important contribution to the development of this popular field.  The book is divided into seven sections covering the following themes:  language in relation to ideology and powerdiscourse in processes of social and cultural change dialectics of discourse, dialectical relations between discourse and other moments of social lifemethodology of critical discourse analysis research analysis of political discourse discourse in globalisation and ?transition' critic
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xi, 591 S.
    Edition: Second edition
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 9781405858229 (pbk.)
    Language: English
    Note: section A. Language, ideology and powersection B. Discourse and sociocultural change -- section C. Dialectics of discourse: theoretical developments -- section D. Methodology in CDA research -- section E. Political discourse -- F. Globalisation and 'transition' -- section G. Language and education..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: IASS 16.89795
    Description / Table of Contents: Interdisciplinarity has seemingly become a paradigm for modern and meaningful research. Clearly, the interdisciplinary modus of deliberation enables to unfold relevant but quite different disciplinary perspectives to the reflection of broader scientific questions or societal problems. However, whether the comprehensive results of interdisciplinary reflection prove to be valid or to be acceptable in trans-disciplinary terms depends upon certain preconditions, which have to be fulfilled for securing scientific quality and social trust in advisory contexts. The present book is written by experts and practitioners of interdisciplinary research and policy advice. It analyses topical and methodological approaches towards interdisciplinarity, starting with the current role of scientific research in society. The volume continues with contributions to the issues of knowledge and acting and to trans-disciplinary deliberation. The final conclusions address the scientific system as substantial actor itself as well as the relevant research and education politics
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 195 p. 6 illus., 4 illus. in color
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Engineering
    ISBN: 9783319114002 , 9783319113999
    Series Statement: Ethics of Science and Technology Assessment, Schriftenreihe der EA European Academy of Technology and Innovation Assessment GmbH 43
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionScience in Society -- Knowing and Acting -- Trans-disciplinary Deliberation -- Conclusions/Recommandations..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: PIK A 190-16-89749
    Description / Table of Contents: Modern science is a model-building activity. But how are models contructed? How are they related to theories and data? How do they explain complex scientific phenomena, and which role do computer simulations play? To address these questions which are highly relevant to scientists as well as to philosophers of science, 8 leading natural, engineering and social scientists reflect upon their modeling work, and 8 philosophers provide a commentary
    Description / Table of Contents: Modern science is a model-building activity. But how are models contructed? How are they related to theories and data? How do they explain complex scientific phenomena, and which role do computer simulations play? To address these questions which are highly relevant to scientists as well as to philosophers of science, 8 leading natural, engineering and social scientists reflect upon their modeling work, and 8 philosophers provide a commentary. U. Gähde and J. H. Wolf, University of Hamburg; S. Hartmann, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität Munich.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 274 Seiten , graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783110313680 , 9783110313604
    Series Statement: Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Hamburg 4
    Language: English
    Note: Preface; Contributors; Content; Introduction; Cosmology - The Largest Possible Model?; The Standard Model of Cosmology as a Tool for Interpretation and Discovery; Patterns in Physical and Biological Systems; Symmetry and the Explanation of Organismal Form; Pluralistic Modeling of Complex Systems; The Methodological Challenges of Complex Systems; Contested Modeling: The Case of Economics; A Unifying Approach to High- and Low-Level Cognition; High-vs Low-Level Cognition and the Neuro- Emulative Theory of Mental Representation. , Evaluating a Computational Model of Eye-Movement Control in ReadingConsidering Criteria for Model Modification and Theory Change in Psychology; Identification of Kinetic Models by Incremental Refinement; Kinetics, Models, and Mechanism; Modeling Complexity: The Case of Climate Science; Chaos, Plurality, and Model Metrics in Climate Science; Subject Index; Author Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Abingdon, Oxon : Taylor and Francis
    Call number: IASS 16.90031
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover -- Half Title -- Title Page -- Copyright Page -- Contents -- List of figures -- List of contributors -- Acknowledgements -- Foreword -- Climates of history, cultures of climate -- Epistemic climates -- Time, representation, agency -- Enduring bad faith -- Notes -- References -- Part I: Climates of history -- Chapter 1: Voices of endurance: climate and the power of oral history -- Valuing oral history -- Endurance -- Drought 'makes who we are' -- Weathering loss -- Dwelling in uncertainty -- Listening for change -- Living with future drought -- Notes -- References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Rethinking seasons: changing climate, changing time -- Indigenous seasons -- Western seasons: the weather, climate, calendar nexus -- The idea vs history -- Climate change and the seasons -- Notes -- References -- Chapter 3: The terrestrial envelope: Joseph Fourier's geological speculation -- Introduction: poiesis of other worlds -- Science studies and imagination -- Fourier's demonstration -- The scene of imagination -- Infinite cold -- Geological speculation -- Notes -- References -- Chapter 4: Melancholy and the continent of fire -- Forest Gallery, Melbourne
    Description / Table of Contents: Emerging environmental histories -- Moving through time -- Climatic seasonal encounters -- Melancholic environmental memorial -- Conclusion -- Notes -- References -- Chapter 5: The Anthropocene and the long seventeenth century: 1550-1750 -- Early modern poetic and philosophical critique -- The seventeenth century age of crisis -- The Columbian Exchange -- The Anthropocene -- Notes -- References -- Part II: Climates of writing -- Chapter 6: Change beyond belief: fictions of (the) Enlightenment and Simpson's 'climate change suite' -- Enlightenment atmospheres of belief -- Notes -- References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Fuels and humans, bíos and zoe -- Notes -- References -- Chapter 8: The 'foreign grave' motif in Victorian medicine and literature -- The medical debate -- Exchanges between literature and medicine -- The literary life of the foreign grave motif -- Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 9: Climate change and literary history -- What does climate mean? -- Climate, climat, 'climate' -- Wittgenstein's atmospheres -- Climate, clima, clinamen -- Writing climatic culture -- Climate, race, milieu and moment -- For a literary history of climate change -- Notes -- References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III: Climates of politics -- Chapter 10: Climate change: politics, excess, sovereignty -- Politics -- Excess -- Sovereignty -- Conclusion -- Note -- References -- Chapter 11: Para-religions of climate change: humanity, eco-nihilism, apocalypse -- The Anthropocene as object of (dis)belief -- Is not/il y a -- Gaia revisited -- The last man's party -- Dark temples, sordid churches: 'new religious movements' -- Moral panic, apocalypse and other bourgeois pastimes -- Notes -- References -- Chapter 12: Litigation, activism, and the paradox of lawfulness in an age of climate change
    Description / Table of Contents: Lawfulness and climate change litigation
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    ISBN: 9781138838161
    Series Statement: Routledge Environmental Humanities
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wiesbaden : Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden
    Call number: PIK N 076-16-90304
    Description / Table of Contents: Danksagung -- Inhaltsverzeichnis -- Abbildungsverzeichnis -- Tabellenverzeichnis -- Abkürzungen -- 1 Einleitung: Kulturräumliche Unterschiede im Umgang mit Klimawandel? -- 2 Klimakulturen und Raum: Theoretische Grundlagen -- 2.1 Kultur -- 2.1.1 Kultur in der sozialwissenschaftlichen Klimaforschung -- 2.1.2 Kulturverständnis I: Kollektiv geteiltes Wissen -- 2.1.3 Kulturverständnis II: Sozialkonstruktivistischer Wissensbegriff -- 2.1.4 „Klimakulturen" als kollektiv geteilte Vulnerabilitäts- und Resilienzkonstruktionen -- 2.2 Raum
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1 Raumphänomene im Wandel? Die Deterritorialisierungsthese als Herausforderung kulturvergleichender Soziologie -- 2.2.2 Raumvorstellungen in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart: Absoluter und Relationaler Raum - Raumdimensionen - Sozialer und Physischer Raum -- 2.3 Synthese: Kulturraum als relationaler Raum -- 2.3.1 Relationaler Kulturraum I: Sozialtheoretische Konzeptualisierung -- 2.3.2 Relationaler Kulturraum II: Methodische Ansätze zur Beobachtung -- 2.4 Zwischenfazit -- 3 Klimawandel-Konstruktionen in den Naturwissenschaften: Grundbegriffe und Wissensgenese -- 3.1 Klimabegriffe der Gegenwart
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Zur historischen Konstruktion naturwissenschaftlichen Klimawissens und seiner globalen Institutionen -- 3.3 Vulnerabilitätskonstruktionen im jüngeren Diskurs: Klimaveränderungen und diskutierte Folgen für Küstenräume Europas -- 3.3.1 Klimaveränderungen und -projektionen in globaler und europäischer Skalierung -- 3.3.2 Besonderheiten der nationalen Küsten in den Diskursen -- 3.4 Zwischenfazit -- 4 Resilienzkonstruktionen als Klimaschutz- und Klimaanpassungspraktiken: Eine Einführung in diskutierte Kernstrategien der Raumentwicklung -- 4.1 Zum Begriff der Raumentwicklung -- 4.2 Klimaschutz
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Reduktion von Treibhausgasemissionen: Suffizienz-, Effizienz- und Konsistenzstrategien -- 4.2.2 Aufnahme von Treibhausgasen aus der Atmosphäre: Ökologische und technische Senken -- 4.3 Klimaanpassung -- 4.3.1 Maßnahmen gegen Meeresflutungen und Binnenwasser: Protektion, Integration, Rückzug -- 4.3.2 Maßnahmen gegen Hitze: Gebäudeoptimierung, Rückbau, Oberflächengestaltung -- 4.3.3 Maßnahmen gegen Stürme: Technische Verstärkung von Gebäuden, Zufluchten -- 4.4 Zwischenfazit -- 5 Erklärungen für klimakulturelle Differenzen: Sozialwissenschaftliche Diskurse und Ableitung von Hypothesen
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Überblick über das theoretische Rahmenwerk zur Erklärung klimakultureller Differenzen -- 5.2 Hintergrundwissen -- 5.2.1 Werte -- 5.2.1.1 Zum Begriff ‚Werte' -- 5.2.1.2 Forschungsstand: Werte als Erklärungen für klimabezogenes Handeln -- 5.2.1.3 Forschungsansatz dieser Studie: Wertorientierungen nach Shalom Schwartz -- 5.2.1.4 Ableitung von Hypothesen -- 5.2.2 Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen: Ökologische Weltbilder -- 5.2.2.1 Zu den Begriffen ‚Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen' und ‚Ökologische Weltbilder' -- 5.2.2.2 Kernkonzepte: Neues Ökologisches Paradigma (NEP) und Cultural Theory of Risk
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.2.3 Forschungsstand: Ökologische Weltbilder als Erklärungen für klimabezogenes Handeln
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 422 Seiten , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783658155940
    Series Statement: Wissen, Kommunikation und Gesellschaft
    Language: German
    Note: Contents: Einleitung: Kulturräumliche Unterschiede im Umgang mit Klimawandel? ; Klimakulturen und Raum: Theoretische Grundlagen ; Klimawandel-Konstruktionen in den Naturwissenschaften: Grundbegriffe und Wissensgenese ; Resilienzkonstruktionen als Klimaschutz- und Klimaanpassungspraktiken: Eine Einführung in diskutierte Kernstrategien der Raumentwicklung ; Erklärungen für klimakulturelle Differenzen: Sozialwissenschaftliche Diskurse und Ableitung von Hypothesen ; Zur (Re-) Konstruktion klimapolitisch-administrativer Rahmungen im Untersuchungsraum ; Empirisches Vorgehen ; Kommunikation zu Klimawandel an europäischen Küsten ; Vulnerabilitätskonstruktionen an europäischen Küsten ; Resilienzkonstruktionen an europäischen Küsten ; Fazit
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Call number: PIK O 040-16-90328
    Description / Table of Contents: This lucid and comprehensive book explores the ways in which the State, the market and the citizen can collaborate to satisfy people's health care needs. It argues that health care is not a commodity like any other. It asks if its unique properties mean that there is a role for social regulation and political management. Apples and oranges can be left to the buyers and the sellers. Health care may require an input from the consensus, the experts, the insurers, the politicians and the bureaucrats as well. David Reisman makes a fresh contribution to the debate. He argues that the three policy is
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 371 Seiten
    ISBN: 9781785365201 (print) , 1785365215 (print) , 9781785365218 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Front Matter -- Copyright -- Contents -- Acknowledgements -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Good health -- 3. The invisible mind -- 4. Inputs and outcomes -- 5. The individual -- 6. The practitioner -- 7. The public -- 8. The logic of insurance -- 9. Insurance: private and public -- 10. Equity and equality -- 11. The right to health -- 12. Inequality and health -- 13. Narrowing the gap -- 14. Equalising medical care -- 15. The cost of care -- 16. Cost containment -- 17. State, market and cost -- 18. Conclusion -- References -- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: M 17.90543
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a new edition of Roederer’s classic Dynamics of Geomagnetically Trapped Radiation, updated and considerably expanded. The main objective is to describe the dynamic properties of magnetically trapped particles in planetary radiation belts and plasmas and explain the physical processes involved from the theoretical point of view. The approach is to examine in detail the orbital and adiabatic motion of individual particles in typical configurations of magnetic and electric fields in the magnetosphere and, from there, derive basic features of the particles’ collective “macroscopic” behavior in general planetary environments. Emphasis is not on the “what” but on the “why” of particle phenomena in near-earth space, providing a solid and clear understanding of the principal basic physical mechanisms and dynamic processes involved. The book will also serve as an introduction to general space plasma physics, with abundant basic examples to illustrate and explain the physical origin of different types of plasma current systems and their self-organizing character via the magnetic field. The ultimate aim is to help both graduate students and interested scientists to successfully face the theoretical and experimental challenges lying ahead in space physics in view of recent and upcoming satellite missions and an expected wealth of data on radiation belts and plasmas
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xviii, 192 Seiten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9783642415296
    Series Statement: Astrophysics and Space Science Library 403
    Classification:
    Geomagnetism, Geoelectromagnetism
    Language: English
    Note: Particle Drifts and the First Adiabatic InvariantParticle Trapping, Drift Shells and the Second Adiabatic Invariant -- Periodic Drift Motion and the Third Adiabatic Invariant -- Trapped Particle Distributions and Flux Mapping -- Violation of the Adiabatic Invariants and Trapped Particle Diffusion -- Introduction to Plasma Physics..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London ; New York : Routledge
    Call number: IASS 16.90582
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 110 Seiten
    ISBN: 9781138799202 (hbk) , 9781315756196 (ebk)
    Series Statement: Global Institutions
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wiesbaden : Springer VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften
    Call number: IASS 16.90103
    Description / Table of Contents: Ob in Medien, in der Wissenschaft, in der Politik oder in der Alltagskommuni­kation - wir sind stets mit einer Fülle an schriftlichen und mündlichen Erzäh­lungen konfrontiert. Sie schaffen gemeinsame Wirklichkeiten und Identitäten, auf die wir uns als soziale Akteure in unseren Handlungen bewusst oder unbewusst beziehen. Erzählungen im öffentlichen Raum prägen Normen und Moralvorstellungen, helfen beim Aufbau sozialer und kultureller Ordnungen und festigen oder verschieben damit bestehende Normen. Es sind Erzählungen, die in öffentlichen Diskursen bestimmen, was in einer Gesellschaft als wahr
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 394 Seiten
    ISBN: 9783531932569 , 9783531173993 (print)
    Series Statement: Theorie und Praxis der Diskursforschung
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt; Über dieses Buch; Teil I Einführungen: Theorien der Erzählungen; Erzählen. Die ethisch-politische Funktion narrativer Diskurse; 1 Narrative Diskurse: Eigenschaften und Funktionen; 1.1 Die narrative Kunst der Begründung; 1.2 Ein semantisches Modell der Erzählung: Algirdas J. Greimas' Aktantentheorie; 1.3 Narrative Begründungen: Eine semantische Typologie; 1.4 Die Schuld und die Vergebung: Zum Verantwortungsmanagement narrativer Diskurse; 1.5 In medias res: Warum Erzählungen oft mit dem Ende beginnen; 1.6 Die doppelte Referenz: Das Allgemeine und das Einzigartige. , 2 Die Erzähler und ihr Publikum: Zur Öffentlichkeit narrativer Diskurse2.1 Öffentliche Urteile: Die Erzähler und ihr Publikum; 2.2 Die zwei Stimmen des Erzählers; 2.3 Die Präsenz des Erzählers in der Erzählung; 2.4 Die Öffentlichkeiten des Erzählers; 2.5 Autobiografisches Erzählen: Der innere Dialog und das Denken; 2.6 Ausblick: Die Öffentlichkeitsregime narrativer Diskurse; Literatur; »Menschen lesbarer machen«1: Narration, Diskurs,Referenz; 1 Narrationen als sozialwissenschaftliches Konzept; 1.1 Erzählungen zwischen Text und Handlung; 1.2 Typen der Erzählung. , 1.3 Zur lebensweltlichen Einbettung von Narrativen2 Zum Verhältnis von Narration und Diskurs; 2.1 Brauchen Diskurse Erzählungen?; 2.2 Narrationen als Sprech-Handlungen (über Satzniveau); 3 Erzählungen: Strukturen, Ereignisse und dieKomposition der Fabel; 3.1 Narration und Fabelkomposition; 3.2 Ebenen der Erzählung; 3.3 Kollektiv-Symbole und ihre Erzählungen; 3.4 Narrative und ihre Bedeutung für die kulturelle Reproduktion und Innovation; 4 Referenz und Erzählung: Jenseits der Innenwelt von Texten; 4.1 Öffentliche Erzählungen als Mimesis von Handlungen?. , 5 ConclusioLiteratur; Öffentliche Erzählungen und der globale Wandel des Klimas; 1 Einleitung; 2 Der Mensch als Klimageschichtenerzähler; 2.1 Was heißt Narrativisierung des Klimas?; 2.2 Narrationen als Geburtshelfer möglicher Welten; 2.3 Klimageschichten sind lebende Geschichten; 3 Globaler Klimawandel: Geburt eines Konzepts; 4 Sechs Varianten der Narrativisierung des globalenKlimawandels; 4.1 Das »globale Treibhaus« als anthropogene Katastrophe; 4.2 Anthropogene Eiszeiten: die Katastrophe des; 4.3 Die Geschichte vom »nuklearen Winter«; 4.4 »Paradiesische Warmzeiten«. , 4.5 Die ewige Wiederkehr der »Sonnenflecken«: Normalität statt Katastrophe. , 4.2 Die Konfiguration von Charakteren in öffentlichen Erzählungen4.3 Re-figuration und die Rolle des Lesers; Teil II Erzählungen in den Medien; Kollektivsymbolik und die deutsche Krise seit dem Jahr 2000; Heimat, Natur und die gute alte Zeit. Erzählungenüber Nachhaltige Entwicklung im Spannungsfeldöffentlicher und wissenschaftlicher Diskurse1; 1 Einleitung; 2 Wissenschaftliche Diskurse über Nachhaltige Entwicklung; 3 Nachhaltige Ernährung und Ernährungskommunikation; 4 Erzählungen über Ernährung in den Medien; 4.1 Polarisierende Rhetorik; 4.2 Affirmative Rhetorik; 4.3 Reflektierende Rhetorik.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: M 16.90106
    Description / Table of Contents: An Updated Guide to the Visualization of Data for Designers, Users, and ResearchersInteractive Data Visualization: Foundations, Techniques, and Applications, Second Edition provides all the theory, details, and tools necessary to build visualizations and systems involving the visualization of data. In color throughout, it explains basic terminology and concepts, algorithmic and software engineering issues, and commonly used techniques and high-level algorithms. Full source code is provided for completing implementations. New to the Second EditionNew related readings, exercises, and programming
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 571 Seiten
    Edition: 2nd ed.
    ISBN: 9781482257373
    Language: English
    Note: Front Cover; Dedication; Contents; Preface to the First Edition; Preface to the Second Edition; CHAPTER 1 - Introduction; CHAPTER 2 - Data Foundations; CHAPTER 3 - Human Perception and Information Processing; CHAPTER 4 - Visualization Foundations; CHAPTER 5 - Visualization Techniques for Spatial Data; CHAPTER 6 - Visualization Techniques for Geospatial Data; CHAPTER 7 - Visualization Techniques for Time-Oriented Data; CHAPTER 8 - Visualization Techniques for Multivariate Data; CHAPTER 9 - Visualization Techniques for Trees, Graphs, and Networks; CHAPTER 10 - Text and Document Visualization. , CHAPTER 11 - Interaction ConceptsCHAPTER 12 - Interaction Techniques; CHAPTER 13 - Designing Effective Visualizations; CHAPTER 14 - Comparing and Evaluating Visualization Techniques; CHAPTER 15 - Visualization Systems; CHAPTER 16 - Research Directions in Visualization; APPENDIX A - History of Computer Graphics and Visualization; APPENDIX B - Example Data Sets; APPENDIX C - Sample Programs; Bibliography; Back Cover.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: IASS 16.90595
    Description / Table of Contents: In the late 18th century explorers and scientists started venturing into the Arctic in a heroic and sometimes deadly effort to understand and unveil the secrets of the unforgiving and mysterious polar region of the high north. Despite that the Arctic was already populated mattered less for the first wave of polar researchers and explorations who nevertheless, brought back valuable knowledge. Today the focus in Arctic science and discourse has changed to one which includes the peoples and societies, and their interaction with the world beyond. The image of a static Arctic - heralded first by explorers - prevailed for a long time, but today the eyes of the World see the Arctic very differently. Few, if any, other places on Earth are currently experiencing the kind of dramatic change witnessed in the Arctic. According to model forecasts, these changes are likely to have profound implications on biophysical and human systems, and will accelerate in the decades to come.  “The New Arctic” highlights how, and in what parts, the natural and political system is being transformed. We’re talking about a region where demography, culture, and political and economic systems are increasingly diverse, although many common interests and aspects remain; and with the new Arctic now firmly placed in a global context. Settlements range from small, predominantly indigenous communities, to large industrial cities, and all have a link to the surrounding environment, be it glaciers or vegetation or the ocean itself. “The New Arctic” contributes to our further understanding of the changing Arctic. It offers a range of perspectives, which reflect the deep insight of a variety of scientific scholars across many disciplines bringing a wide range of expertise. The book speaks to a broad audience, including policy-makers, students and scientific colleagues
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXII, 352 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319176017 (print) , 9783319176024 (eBook)
    Parallel Title: Print version The New Arctic
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Preface; Contents; Authors' Biography; Chapter 1: Paths to the New Arctic; Chapter 2: Indigenous Peoples in the New Arctic; Chapter 3: Pioneering Nation: New Narratives About Greenland and Greenlanders Launched Through Arts and Branding; Chapter 4: Perpetual Adaption? Challanges for the Sami and Reindeer Husbandry in Sweden; Chapter 5: On Past, Present and Future Arctic Expeditions; Chapter 6: Arctopias: The Arctic as No Place and New Place in Fiction; Chapter 7: The Fleeting Glaciers of the Arctic; Chapter 8: Arctic Carbon Cycle: Patterns, Impacts and Possible Changes; Chapter 9: Arctic Vegetation Cover: Patterns, Processes and Expected Change; Chapter 10: Human Development in the New Arctic; Chapter 11: Issues in Arctic Tourism; ...
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton and Oxford : Princeton University Press,
    Call number: M 17.90645
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover; Title; Copyright; Contents; List of Illustrations; Preface; PART ONE: What Has Controlled Earth's Climate?; CHAPTER ONE: Climate and Human History; PART TWO: Nature in Control; CHAPTER TWO: Slow Going for a Few Million Years; CHAPTER THREE: Linking Earth's Orbit to Its Climate; CHAPTER FOUR: Orbital Changes Control Ice-Age Cycles; CHAPTER FIVE: Orbital Changes Control Monsoon Cycles; CHAPTER SIX: Stirrings of Change; PART THREE: Humans Begin to Take Control; CHAPTER SEVEN: Early Agriculture and Civilization; CHAPTER EIGHT: Taking Control of Methane
    Description / Table of Contents: CHAPTER NINE: Taking Control of CO[sub(2)]CHAPTER TEN: Have We Delayed a Glaciation?; CHAPTER ELEVEN: Challenges and Responses; PART FOUR: Disease Enters the Picture; CHAPTER TWELVE: But What about Those CO[sub(2)] "Wiggles"?; CHAPTER THIRTEEN: The Horsemen of the Apocalypse: Which One?; CHAPTER FOURTEEN: Pandemics, CO[sub(2)], and Climate; PART FIVE: Humans in Control; CHAPTER FIFTEEN: Greenhouse Warming: Tortoise and Hare; CHAPTER SIXTEEN: Future Warming: Large or Small?; CHAPTER SEVENTEEN: From the Past into the Distant Future; EPILOGUE; CHAPTER EIGHTEEN: Global-Change Science and Politics
    Description / Table of Contents: CHAPTER NINETEEN: Consuming Earth's GiftsAfterword to the Princeton Science Library Edition; Bibliography; Figure Sources; Index; A; B; C; D; E; F; G; H; I; K; L; M; N; O; P; R; S; T; U; V; W; Y
    Description / Table of Contents: The impact on climate from 200 years of industrial development is an everyday fact of life, but did humankind''s active involvement in climate change really begin with the industrial revolution, as commonly believed? Plows, Plagues, and Petroleum has sparked lively scientific debate since it was first published--arguing that humans have actually been changing the climate for some 8,000 years--as a result of the earlier discovery of agriculture. The ""Ruddiman Hypothesis"" will spark intense debate. We learn that the impact of farming on greenhouse-gas levels, thousands of years before the i
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiv, 226 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: New Princeton Science Library edition
    ISBN: 9780691173214
    Series Statement: Princeton Science Library
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: M 17.90812
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Cover -- ADDRESSES/INSTITUTIONS -- A Concise Geologic Time Scale -- A Concise Geologic Time Scale -- Copyright -- CONTENTS -- 1 - Introduction -- Geologic time scale and this book -- International divisions of geologic time and their global boundaries (GSSPs) -- Biologic, chemical, sea-level, geomagnetic, and other events or zones -- Assigned numerical ages -- Time Scale Creator database and chart-making package -- Geologic Time Scale 2020 -- Selected publications and websites -- 2 - PLANETARY TIME SCALE -- Introduction -- The Moon -- Mars -- Mercury -- Venus
    Description / Table of Contents: Other solar system bodies -- Selected publications and websites -- 3 - Precambrian -- Status of international subdivisions -- Summary of Precambrian trends and events, and a potential revised time scale -- Hadean -- Archean -- Proterozoic -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 4 - Cryogenian and Ediacaran -- Basal definitions and status of international subdivisions -- Cryogenian -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Stable-isotope stratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, and selected events -- (2) Biostratigraphy and major trends -- Numerical age model
    Description / Table of Contents: GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Revised ages compared to GTS2012 -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 5 - CAMBRIAN -- Basal definition and status of international subdivisions -- Terreneuvian series -- Series 2 -- Series 3 -- Furongian series -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Biostratigraphy and major trends -- (2) Stable-isotope stratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, and selected events -- Numerical age model -- GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Revised ages compared to GTS2012
    Description / Table of Contents: Estimated uncertainties on assigned ages on stage boundaries -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 6 - ORDOVICIAN -- Basal definition and international subdivisions -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Biostratigraphy and major trends -- (2) Stable-isotope stratigraphy and selected events -- Numerical age model -- GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Estimated uncertainties on assigned ages on stage boundaries -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 7 - SILURIAN -- Basal definition and international subdivisions
    Description / Table of Contents: Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Biostratigraphy (marine -- terrestrial) -- (2) Stable-isotope stratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, and selected events -- Numerical age model -- GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Estimated uncertainties on assigned ages on stage boundaries -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 8 - DEVONIAN -- Basal definition and international subdivisions -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- Biostratigraphy (marine -- terrestrial) -- Magnetostratigraphy -- Stable-isotope stratigraphy and selected events
    Description / Table of Contents: Numerical age model
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 243 Seiten
    ISBN: 9780444637710 , 9780444594679
    Classification:
    Historical Geology
    Parallel Title: Print version A Concise Geologic Time Scale : 2016
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge, MA : Elsevier Science
    Call number: IASS 17.90954
    Description / Table of Contents: Title page -- Table of Contents -- Copyright -- Dedication -- Acronyms -- List of Boxes -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- List of Plates -- Preface -- Acknowledgments -- 1. The Automotive System -- In Love With the Automobile -- Growth of the Automobile System -- 2. The Psychology of the Car -- Car Culture -- The Car in Movies -- Advancing the Understanding of Automobility -- The Complexity of Transport Behavior -- A More Comprehensive Transport Psychology -- 3. Automobile Personalities and (Co)Identities -- Car Driver Personalities -- Cars With Personalities -- Car Identity -- Driver-Car Coidentities -- 4. Feelings, Emotions and the Car -- Emotions and the Car -- Fear, Anxieties, and Phobias -- Power, Dominance, and Control -- Anger and Aggression -- Anger and Contempt -- Revenge -- Rebellion -- Escape -- 5. Automobility, Gender and Sex -- Car Semiotics: The Evolutionary Social Psychology of Attraction -- The Car as Space for Sexual Activity -- Sex on the Road -- Dominance and Submission -- Automobile Sexuality in Movies -- Paraphilia -- 6. Speed -- Speeding Up -- Psychological Reasons for Speed -- Speed=Friction -- Speed and Accidents -- Video Games and Speed -- 7. Rights, Authority, and the Police -- The Right to Automobility -- Hatred of Government -- Police, Authority, and the Law -- Driving Outside the Law -- Popular Culture and Perspectives of the Police -- 8. Community, Friends, Family -- The Importance of Relations -- Community in Car Cultures -- Community in Car Movies -- Community and Automobility -- 9. Risk and Death -- Risk and Death in the Automotive System -- Seeking Death -- Racer Biographies: Troubled Childhoods -- Movies and Automobile Death -- 10. The Clinical Psychology of the Car -- Being Mentally Ill -- Personality Disorders and Transport Behavior -- Communicative Violence, Private Languages, and Personality Disorders
    Description / Table of Contents: Trauma, Neglect, Abuse: Car Movies and Real World -- 11. Barriers to Automobile Change -- Defining Desirable Transport Futures -- Car Order, Car Identity -- Reconsidering Structures of Automotive Dependency -- Maintaining and Validating the Automotive System -- The Risk of Psychological "Tipping Points" -- Towards Systemic Change -- 12. Sustainable Automotive Futures -- Structures of Dependency -- Interventions: Regime Change, Habits, and Car Values -- Successful Interventions: Positive Communication and Reward Systems -- Further Insights for the Design of Interventions -- The Future is an Open Road -- References -- Index
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxvi, 313 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780128110089
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: 6/M 17.91060
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Writing code for Scientific Software -- Using a code toolbox -- Controlling a Laser Ranging System -- Controlling a VLBI system from remote -- Coordination, communication and automation for the GGOS -- A Style Guide for Geodetic Software in C and C++ -- Precise telescope mount model parameters based on the least squares method
    Description / Table of Contents: This book combines elementary theory from computer science with real-world challenges in global geodetic observation, based on examples from the Geodetic Observatory Wettzell, Germany. It starts with a step-by-step introduction to developing stable and safe scientific software to run successful software projects. The use of software toolboxes is another essential aspect that leads to the application of generative programming. An example is a generative network middleware that simplifies communication. One of the book’s main focuses is on explaining a potential strategy involving autonomous production cells for space geodetic techniques. The complete software design of a satellite laser ranging system is taken as an example. Such automated systems are then combined for global interaction using secure communication tunnels for remote access. The network of radio telescopes is used as a reference. Combined observatories form coordinated multi-agent systems and offer solutions for operational aspects of the Global Geodetic Observing System (GGOS) with regard to “Industry 4.0”
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 546 p. 244 illus., 165 illus. in color, online resource
    ISBN: 9783319401379
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Classification:
    Geodesy
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : OECD Publishing
    Call number: 9789282108000 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (220 pages)
    ISBN: 9789282108000 , 9789282107997
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Chapter 1. The transport sector today ; Chapter 2. Transport demand and CO2 emissions to 2050 ; Chapter 3. International freight ; Chapter 4. International passenger aviation ; Chapter 5. Mobility in cities ; Statistical annex
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Monograph available for loan
    Tokyo : Springer Japan
    Call number: M 17.90963
    Description / Table of Contents: This book on multiscale seismic tomography, written by one of the leaders in the field, is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students, researchers, and professionals in Earth and planetary sciences who need to broaden their horizons about seismotectonics, volcanism, and interior structure and dynamics of the Earth and Moon. It describes the state-of-the-art in seismic tomography, with emphasis on the new findings obtained by applying tomographic methods in local, regional, and global scales for understanding the generating mechanism of large and great earthquakes such as the 2011 Tohoku-oki earthquake (Mw 9.0), crustal and upper mantle structure, origin of active arc volcanoes and intraplate volcanoes including hotspots, heterogeneous structure of subduction zones, fate of subducting slabs, origin of mantle plumes, mantle convection, and deep Earth dynamics. The first lunar tomography and its implications for the mechanism of deep moonquakes and lunar evolution are also introduced
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 304 p. 146 illus., 117 illus. in color
    ISBN: 9784431553595 , 9784431553601 (ebook)
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionMethodology of Seismic Tomography -- Subduction Zone Tomography -- Large Earthquakes and Seismotectonics -- Hotspots and Mantle Plumes -- East Asia Structure and Tectonics -- Global Tomography and Deep Earth dynamics -- Seismic Tomography of the Moon..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: ISO 19119
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online Ressource
    Edition: August 2016
    Series Statement: DIN EN ISO 19119
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: 9783319429281 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This Handbook presents a complete and rigorous overview of the fundamentals, methods and applications of the multidisciplinary field of Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS), providing an exhaustive, one-stop reference work and a state-of-the-art description of GNSS as a key technology for science and society at large. All global and regional satellite navigation systems, both those currently in operation and those under development (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, BeiDou, QZSS, IRNSS/NAVIC, SBAS), are examined in detail. The functional principles of receivers and antennas, as well as the advanced algorithms and models for GNSS parameter estimation, are rigorously discussed. The book covers the broad and diverse range of land, marine, air and space applications, from everyday GNSS to high-precision scientific applications and provides detailed descriptions of the most widely used GNSS format standards, covering receiver formats as well as IGS product and meta-data formats. The full coverage of the field of GNSS is presented in seven parts, from its fundamentals, through the treatment of global and regional navigation satellite systems, of receivers and antennas, and of algorithms and models, up to the broad and diverse range of applications in the areas of positioning and navigation, surveying, geodesy and geodynamics, and remote sensing and timing. Each chapter is written by international experts and amply illustrated with figures and photographs, making the book an invaluable resource for scientists, engineers, students and institutions alike.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (1,335 pages) : , illustrations (some color), photographs, tables.
    ISBN: 9783319429267 , 9783319429281 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Springer Handbooks
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : OECD
    Call number: 9789264235410 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This report provides a new detailed quantitative assessment of the consequences of climate change on economic growth through to 2060 and beyond. It focuses on how climate change affects different drivers of growth, including labour productivity and capital supply, in different sectors across the world. The sectoral and regional analysis shows that while the impacts of climate change spread across all sectors and all regions, the largest negative consequences are projected to be found in the health and agricultural sectors, with damages especially strong in Africa and Asia.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (137 Seiten)
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 926423540X , 9789264235410
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Executive summary ; Chapter 1. Modelling the economic consequences of climate change ; Chapter 2. The damages from selected climate change impacts to 2060 ; Chapter 3. The bigger picture of climate change ; Chapter 4. The benefits of policy action ; Annex I. Description of the modelling tools
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: 3/S 07.0034(2016)
    In: Annual report
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 51 Seiten
    ISSN: 1865-6439 , 1865-6447
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Annual report ... / Helmholtz Association of German Research Centres
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: 9783638376723 (ebook)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource (13 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783638376723
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: 9783958457010 (ebook)
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematische Grundlagen für Machine und Deep LearningUmfassende Behandlung zeitgemäßer Verfahren: tiefe Feedforward-Netze, Regularisierung, Performance-Optimierung sowie CNNs, Rekurrente und Rekursive Neuronale NetzeZukunftsweisende Deep-Learning-Ansätze sowie von Ian Goodfellow neu entwickelte Konzepte wie Generative Adversarial NetworksDeep Learning ist ein Teilbereich des Machine Learnings und versetzt Computer in die Lage, aus Erfahrungen zu lernen. Dieses Buch behandelt umfassend alle Aspekte, die für den Einsatz und die Anwendung von Deep Learning eine Rolle spielen: In Teil I erläutern die Autoren die mathematischen Grundlagen für Künstliche Intelligenz, Neuronale Netze, Machine Learning und Deep Learning.In Teil II werden die aktuellen in der Praxis genutzten Verfahren und Algorithmen behandelt.In Teil III geben die Autoren Einblick in aktuelle Forschungsansätze und zeigen neue zukunftsweisende Verfahren auf.Dieses Buch richtet sich an Studenten und alle, die sich in der Forschung mit Deep Learning beschäftigen sowie an Softwareentwickler und Informatiker, die Deep Learning für eigene Produkte oder Plattformen einsetzen möchten. Dabei werden Grundkenntnisse in Mathematik, Informatik und Programmierung vorausgesetzt.Teil I: Angewandte Mathematik und Grundlagen für das Machine LearningLineare AlgebraWahrscheinlichkeits- und InformationstheorieBayessche StatistikNumerische BerechnungTeil II: Deep-Learning-VerfahrenTiefe Feedforward-NetzeRegularisierungOptimierung beim Trainieren tiefer ModelleConvolutional Neural NetworksSequenzmodellierung für Rekurrente und Rekursive NetzePraxisorientierte MethodologieAnwendungen: Computer Vision, Spracherkennung, Verarbeitung natürlicher SpracheTeil III: Deep-Learning-ForschungLineare FaktorenmodelleAutoencoderRepresentation LearningProbabilistische graphische ModelleMonte-Carlo-VerfahrenDie PartitionsfunktionApproximative InferenzTiefe generative Modelle wie Restricted Boltzmann Machines, Deep-Belief-Netze, Gerichtete Generative Netze, Variational Autoencoder u.v.m.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxii, 883 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 3958457002 , 9783958457003 , 9783958457010 (electronic) , 9783958457027 (electronic)
    Language: German
    Note: Einleitung --- I Angewandte Mathematik und Grundlagen für das Machine Learning --- Lineare Algebra --- Wahrscheinlichkeits- und Informationstheorie --- Numerische Berechnung --- Grundlagen für das Machine Learning --- II Tiefe Netze: Zeitgemäße Verfahren --- Tiefe Feedforward-Netze --- Regularisierung --- Optimierung beim Trainieren von tiefen Modellen --- CNNs --- Sequenzmodellierung: RNNs und rekursive Netze --- Praxisorientierte Methodologie --- Anwendungen --- III Deep-Learning-Forschung --- Lineare Faktorenmodelle --- Autoencoder --- Representation Learning --- Strukturierte probabilistische Modelle für Deep Learning --- Monte-Carlo-Verfahren --- Die Partitionsfunktion --- Approximative Inferenz --- Tiefe generative Modelle --- Literaturverzeichnis --- Abkürzungsverzeichnis --- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin, New York : De Gruyter Saur
    Call number: 9783110232103 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: With the term "Library 2.0" the editors mean an institution which applies the principles of the Web 2.0 such as openness, re-use, collaboration and interaction in the entire organization. Libraries are extending their service offerings and work processes to include the potential of Web 2.0 technologies. This changes the job description and self-image of librarians. The collective volume offers a complete overview of the topic Library 2.0 and the current state of developments from a technological, sociological, information theoretical and practice-oriented perspective
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1 electronic resource (xii, 392 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 9783110232103 , 9783110232097
    Series Statement: Bibliotheks- und Informationspraxis 41
    Language: Undetermined
    Note: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: IASS 19.93024
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxvii, 645 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783030299958 , 3030299953 , 9783030299965 (electronic)
    Series Statement: IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 567
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: IASS 19.93023
    Description / Table of Contents: The two-volume set IFIP AICT 566 and 567 constitutes the refereed proceedings of the International IFIP WG 5.7 Conference on Advances in Production Management Systems, APMS 2019, held in Austin, TX, USA. The 161 revised full papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 184 submissions. They discuss globally pressing issues in smart manufacturing, operations management, supply chain management, and Industry 4.0. The papers are organized in the following topical sections: lean production; production management in food supply chains; sustainability and reconfigurability of manufacturing systems; product and asset life cycle management in smart factories of industry 4.0; variety and complexity management in the era of industry 4.0; participatory methods for supporting the career choices in industrial engineering and management education; blockchain in supply chain management; designing and delivering smart services in the digital age; operations management in engineer-to-order manufacturing; the operator 4.0 and the Internet of Things, services and people; intelligent diagnostics and maintenance solutions for smart manufacturing; smart supply networks; production management theory and methodology; data-driven production management; industry 4.0 implementations; smart factory and IIOT; cyber-physical systems; knowledge management in design and manufacturing; collaborative product development; ICT for collaborative manufacturing; collaborative technoloy; applications of machine learning in production management; and collaborative technology
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXVII, 735 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783030299996
    Series Statement: IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 566
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: IASS 20.93439
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 255 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 9783946356134
    Series Statement: Wuppertal Spezial 55
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: M 20.93499
    Description / Table of Contents: Precipitation as the central meteorological feature for agriculture, water security, and human well-being amongst others, has gained special attention ever since. Lack of precipitation may have devastating effects such as crop failure and water scarcity. Abundance of precipitation, on the other hand, may as well result in hazardous events such as flooding and again crop failure. Thus, great effort has been spent on tracking changes in precipitation and relating them to underlying processes. Particularly in the face of global warming and given the link between temperature and atmospheric water holding capacity, research is needed to understand the effect of climate change on precipitation. The present work aims at understanding past changes in precipitation and other meteorological variables. Trends were detected for various time periods and related to associated changes in large-scale atmospheric circulation. The results derived in this thesis may be used as the foundation for attributing changes in floods to climate change.…
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 112 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Summary 1. Introduction 1.1 Background 1.1.1 Precipitation changes 1.1.2 Large-scale atmospheric patterns 1.2 Objectives and research questions 1.3 Thesis outline and author contribution High spatial and temporal organization of changes inprecipitation over Germany for 1951–2006 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data 2.3 Methods 2.3.1 Threshold between wet and dry days 2.3.2 Derivation of time series of precipitation characteristics 2.3.3 Trend analyses under consideration of temporal and spatial correlation 2.3.4 Visualization of results 2.4 Results and discussion 2.4.1 Changes in total precipitation 2.4.2 Changes in mean, variability, and heavy precipitation indicators 2.4.3 Transition probabilities 2.4.4 Seven-day precipitation amount with return period 100 years 2.5 Conclusions Can local climate variability be explained by weatherpatterns? A multi-station evaluation for the Rhine basin 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Weather pattern classification 3.3.2 Finding optimal classification parameters 3.3.3 Evaluation of classifications 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Stratification of local climate variables 3.4.2 Performance of GCMs 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 On the optimal classification 3.5.2 On the skill of GCMs 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Data availability 3.A Appendix Do changing weather types explain observed climatictrends in the Rhine basin? An analysis of within andbetween-type changes 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and weather pattern classification 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Relationship of WPs and large-scale circulation modes 4.3.2 Trend detection methods 4.3.3 Relative share of between- and within-type changes 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Attribution of WPs to large-scale circulation modes 4.4. 2Between-Type Changes 4.4.3 Within-Type Changes 4.4.4 Relative share of between- and within-type changes 4.5 Discussion and conclusions 4.A Appendix 4.S Supplementary Discussion and conclusions 5.1 Main results 5.2 Discussion and directions for further research 5.2.1 Weather pattern classification for downscaling 5.2.2 Limitations for downscaling 5.3 Concluding remarks Bibliography
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: M 20.93503
    Description / Table of Contents: Steep mountain channels are an important component of the fluvial system. On geological timescales, they shape mountain belts and counteract tectonic uplift by erosion. Their channels are strongly coupled to hillslopes and they are often the main source of sediment transported downstream to low-gradient rivers and to alluvial fans, where commonly settlements in mountainous areas are located. Hence, mountain streams are the cause for one of the main natural hazards in these regions. Due to climate change and a pronounced populating of mountainous regions the attention given to this threat is even growing. Although quantitative studies on sediment transport have significantly advanced our knowledge on measuring and calibration techniques we still lack studies of the processes within mountain catchments. Studies examining the mechanisms of energy and mass exchange on small temporal and spatial scales in steep streams remain sparse in comparison to low-gradient alluvial channels. In the beginning of this doctoral project, a vast ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 180 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: M 21.94588
    Description / Table of Contents: Gendern ist in vielen Institutionen und Firmen zum Standard geworden, aber wie macht man es richtig? Die Ratschläge der Dudenredaktion: - Männer, Frauen und wie viele Geschlechter noch? - Welche sprachlichen Möglichkeiten gibt es für das Gendern? - Welche wähle ich für meine Institution, Firma, für meinen Text? - Wie vermeide ich, dass der Text zu sperrig wird? Mit einem Abriss über Geschichte und Funktion des Genderns
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 128 Seiten
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 978-3-411-74357-5
    Series Statement: Duden
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128009956 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquafeed Formulation is the only resource that provides summaries with examples and formulation techniques specifically to meet the needs of anyone in the aquaculture industry. As feed is the largest single cost item in aquaculture production, and formulating aquaculture feed requires many combinations of several ingredients and nutrient requirements, this book takes a clear and concise approach, providing essential information on formulation and covering relevant available software, feed nutrients, and additives such as enzymes and phytase and conjugated fatty acids, as well as best industry practices to improve aquafeed production. Users will find this to be a one-stop resource for anyone interested or involved in, the global aquaculture industry.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (303 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9780128009956
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Acknowledgments Introduction 1 Overview of the aquaculture feed industry / Zuridah Merican and Dagoberto Sanchez 1. Aquafeed in Asia 1.1 Introduction 1.2 A shift in equilibrium 1.3 Lower demand with EMS 1.4 Horizontal expansion and integration 1.5 Extruded and functional feeds 1.6 Rising production costs 1.7 Feed production and trends 1.8 New capacity and new entrants 1.9 Shrimp feed types 1.10 Feed prices 1.11 Country developments 2. Aquafeed in the Americas 2.1 Development of aquafeed production in the Americas 2.2 Country development Acknowledgments References 2 Feed formulation software / A. Victor Suresh 2.1 Introduction 2.2 General overview of the formulation process in the feed industry 2.3 LP-based feed formulation 2.4 Essential components of LP-based feed formulation software 2.5 Software options 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References 3 Understanding the nutritional and biological constraints of ingredients to optimize their application in aquaculture feeds / Brett Glencross 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Characterizing ingredients 3.3 Chemical composition of oils 3.4 Digestibility, palatability, and utilization value of plant protein meals 3.5 Nutritional value of plant and animal oils to aquaculture species 3.6 Processing effects of ingredients References 4 Nutrient requirements / Cesar Molina-Poveda 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Proteins and amino acids 4.3 Lipids and fatty acids 4.4 Carbohydrates 4.5 Nutritional energetics 4.6 Vitamins 4.7 Minerals References 5 Functional feed additives in aquaculture feeds / Pedro Encarnagao 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Phytogenies 5.3 Organic acids 5.4 Yeast products 5.5 Probiotics 5.6 Enzymes 5.7 Mycotoxin binders References 6 Optimizing nutritional quality of aquafeeds / Karthik Masagounder, Sheila Ramos, Ingolf Reimann and Girish Channarayapatna 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Sources of nutrient database 6.3 Nutrient levels and variability in commonly used raw materials 6.4 Impact of heat damage on the amino acid level and their variability 6.5 Proximate nutrients of raw material 6.6 Managing nutrient variation 6.7 Integration of Laboratory Information Management System and formulation 6.8 Summary References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: 9781351698757 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Science during the Cold War has become a matter of lively interest within the historical research community, attracting the attention of scholars concerned with the history of science, the Cold War, and environmental history. The Arctic--recognized as a frontier of confrontation between the superpowers, and consequently central to the Cold War--has also attracted much attention. This edited collection speaks to this dual interest by providing innovative and authoritative analyses of the history of Arctic science during the Cold War.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9781351698757 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Routledge studies in the history of science, technology and medicine 38
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introductory perspectives Chapter 1: Introduction: Cold War science in the North American Arctic / by Stephen Bocking, Daniel Heidt Strategic science Chapter 2: Ice and the depths of the ocean: probing Greenland's Melville Bay during the Cold War / by Mark Nuttall Chapter 3: Leadership, cultures, the Cold War and the establishment of Arctic scientific stations: situating the Joint Arctic Weather Stations (JAWS) / by P. Whitney Lackenbauer, Daniel Heidt Chapter 4: Frontier footage: science and colonial attitudes on film in Northern Canada, 1948–1954 / by Matthew S. Wiseman Chapter 5: Portraying America's last frontier: Alaska in the media during the Second World War and the Cold War / by Victoria Herrmann Chapter 6: Making “Man in the Arctic”: academic and military entanglements, 1944–49 / by Matthew Farish Cold War economies Chapter 7: Arctic pipelines and permafrost science: North American rivalries in the shadow of the Cold War, 1968–1982 / by Robert Page Chapter 8: Cold oil: linking strategic and resource science in the Canadian Arctic / by Stephen Bocking Chapter 9: Icebergs in Iowa: Saudi dreams, Antarctic hydrologics and the production of Cold War environmental knowledge / by Rafico Ruiz Chapter 10: Science and Indigenous knowledge in land claims settlements: negotiating the Inuvialuit Final Agreement, 1977–1978 / by Andrew Stuhl Science crossing borders Chapter 11: Knowledge base: polar explorers and the integration of science, security, and US foreign policy in Greenland, from the Great War to the Cold War / by Dawn Alexandrea Berry Chapter 12: Institutions and the changing nature of Arctic research during the early Cold War / by Lize-Marié van der Watt, Peder Roberts, Julia Lajus Chapter 13: Rockets over Thule? American hegemony, ionosphere research and the politics of rockets in the wake of the 1968 Thule B-52 accident / by Henrik Knudsen Chapter 14: Applied science and practical cooperation: Operation Morning Light and the recovery of cosmos 954 in the Northwest Territories, 1978 / by P. Whitney Lackenbauer, Ryan Dean Chapter 15: Melting the ice curtain: indigeneity and the Alaska Siberia Medical Research Program, 1982–1988 / by Tess Lanzarotta Epilogue: global Cold War—the Antarctic and the Arctic Chapter 16: Antarctic science and the Cold War / by Adrian Howkins
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: 9783658229375 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieses Fachbuch vermittelt theoretisch fundiert, wie Teilzeit-Führung als Alltagsmodell für flexiblere Arbeitsstrukturen zukünftig in Unternehmen umgesetzt werden kann. Die Autorinnnen stellen die komplexen Zusammenhänge von Teilzeit-Führung dar, zeigen relevante Hintergrundinformationen auf und beschreiben mögliche Gründe für die unzureichende Akzeptanz von Teilzeit-Führung. Zudem verdeutlichen Sie, welche tiefliegenden Überzeugungen und kulturelle Muster ein Umdenken von Vollzeit-Führung in die Teilzeit-Führung verhindern, jedoch neue Arbeitszeitmodelle durch den gesellschaftlichen Wandel zwingend nötig sind. Das Buch enthält hilfreiche Denkanstöße, praktische Tipps und inspirierende Beispiele für Entscheider sowie Mut machende Empfehlungen für ambitionierte Teilzeit-Führungskräfte der Zukunft. Der Inhalt - Die Theorie der Teilzeit-Führung - Gesellschftliche und ökonomische Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeit-Führung - Modelle der Teilzeit-Führung - Erfolgreiche Ansätze zur Teilzeit-Führung in ausgewählten Unternehmen - Generation Y - Neue Ansprüche an Führungskräfte und Arbeitgeber - Psychologische Hintergründe - Anregungen zur Implementierung von Teilzeit-Führungsmodellen Die Autoren Silke Katterbach, Dipl.-Psychologin und Unternehmensberaterin, ist Lehrbeauftragte für Wirtschaftspsychologie an der Universität Bremen. Als Beraterin beschäftigt sie sich mit den Themen Führung und Arbeit im gesellschaftlichen Wandel, Change Management und Talent Management. Sie moderiert Großveranstaltungen und Workshops. Kerstin Stöver, M. Sc. BWL mit Schwerpunkt Wirtschaftspsychologie, Unternehmens- und Mitarbeiterführung, ist freiberufliche Unternehmensberaterin. Als ausgebildete Bankkauffrau leitete sie während ihres Studiums diverse Projekte in Teilzeit. Sie beschäftigt sich mit der Bedeutung und Implementierung von individuellen Arbeitsmodellen sowie der Gestaltung von gesundheitsfördernder Arbeitsorganisation
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 222 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658229375 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Das Dilemma 1.1 Die Welt verändert sich 1.2 Die Organisation im gesellschaftlichen Wandel 1.3 Teilzeit-Führung als Herausforderung 1.4 Psychologische Aspekte 1.4.1 Psychologische Modelle und Theorien 1.4.2 Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und Resilienz 1.4.3 Selbstcoaching 1.5 Betriebswirtschaftliche Aspekte (Makroebene) Literatur 2 Das Umfeld 2.1 Der Übergang zur Teilzeit-Führung braucht Instabilität 2.2 Digitalisierung 2.3 Agilität; Das Serum-Prinzip Literatur 3 Die Führung 3.1 Historische Modelle und aktueller Status 3.2 Neue Führung braucht neue Führungstypen (np-Studie) 3.2.1 Fünf Führungstypen 3.2.2 Roadmap für die Entwicklung „guter Führung“ 3.3 Arbeitskultur im Wandel 3.4 Führung in Vernetzung und Komplexität Literatur 4 Kultur in ihren unterschiedlichen Facetten 4.1 Kultur als Begriff 4.2 Untemehmenskultur 4.3 Wie sieht eine (Organisations-) Kultur für Teilzeit-Führung aus? Literatur 5 Die Theorie (der Teilzeit-Führung) 5.1 Arbeitszeit wird kein Frauenthema bleiben 5.2 Teilzeit-Führung - eine Begriffsdefinition 5.3 Aktueller Forschungsstand 5.4 Modelle der Teilzeit-Führung 5.4.1 Vollzeitnahe Teilzeitarbeit 5.4.2 Kadermodell 5.4.3 Top Sharing 5.4.4 Job/Top Splitting 5.5 Erfolgreiche Ansätze zur Teilzeit-Führung in ausgewählten Unternehmen 5.5.1 elbdudler GmbH - Vollzeitnahe Teilzeitarbeit 5.5.2 DATEV eG - Diverse Modelle der Teilzeit-Führung 5.5.3 Commerzbank AG - Top Sharing 5.5.4 Robert Bosch GmbH - Vollzeitnahe Teilzeitarbeit 5.5.5 Trumpf GmbH & Co. KG - Teilzeit Invest 5.6 Erfolgsfaktoren der Teilzeit-Führung 5.7 Grenzen der Führung in Teilzeit Literatur 6 Generation Y - Neue Ansprüche an Führungskräfte und Arbeitgeber 6.1 Jede Generation hat eigene Merkmale 6.2 Erwartungen an einen Arbeitgeber 6.3 Anforderungen an Arbeitszeitmodelle Literatur 7 Die Methode 7.1 Systemaufstellung: Alles Humbug oder nützliches Instrument? 7.1.1 Vorbereitung und Ausgangspunkt 7.1.2 Phase 1: Führungskraft mit Teilzeitoption prototypisch 7.1.3 Phase 2: Führungskraft mit Teilzeitoption in einem mittelständischen Maschinenbauuntemehmen 7.1.4 Phase 3: Führungskraft mit Teilzeitoption in Schweden 7.2 Ergebnisse und Erkenntnisse Literatur 8 Die Herausforderung 8.1 Kultur sichtbar machen 8.1.1 Das Interview- und Analysewerkzeug „nextexpertizer“ 8.1.2 Die vierstündige Übung von Ed Schein 8.2 Führungsverständnis reflektieren 8.3 Wie wir reden und was wir meinen (Kommunikation und Betriebsklima) 8.3.1 Vertrauen 8.3.2 Lösungsorientierung 8.3.3 Metakommunikation 8.3.4 Besprechungsroutinen 8.4 Organisationsstruktur unter die Lupe nehmen 8.5 Kreativität ins Unternehmen bringen 8.6 Die Personalabteilung aufmöbeln (HR 2020) 8.6.1 Hürden überwinden 8.6.2 Pilotprojekte - wer nicht wagt 8.6.3 Beteiligte bestärken und beraten Literatur 9 Die Lösung 9.1 Das Projekt „Augenhöhe" 9.2 Buurtzorg 9.3 Voraussetzungen für Teilzeit-Führung schaffen 9.4 Kollektive Lösungsfindung 9.4.1 Open Space 9.4.2 nextmoderator® 9.5 Vertrauen schaffen 9.6 Mut zur Entscheidung Literatur 10 Der Ausblick Sachverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    facet.materialart.12
    Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press
    Call number: 9780674241893 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Neptune's Laboratory traces shifts over the last two centuries in the imagination of ocean space by scientists, policy makers, and the public. Oceans gained prominence in the public's imagination in the early nineteenth century as scientists first probed the depths, and marine fisheries were industrialized. It wasn't long, however, before some fishermen, policy makers, and scientists grew concerned that fish stocks could be exhausted. In Europe, these fears gave rise to new internationalist aspirations as scientists sought to conduct research on an ocean-wide scale and nations struggled to protect their fisheries. The internationalist program for marine research was disrupted by the start of World War I. Nevertheless, we find a resurgence of internationalist dreams in evocations of a Pacific World at world fairs on the west coast of the United States, both during the interwar period and as late as the 1960s. With the arrival of the Cold War, ocean spaces were re-cast as both battlefields, post-apocalyptic living spaces, and as utopian frontiers by scientific visionaries, policy makers, and the public. Late into the twentieth century, dreams of a new global political internationalism, with ocean spaces and marine science as its foundation, persisted.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (241 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780674241893 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction 1 I Discovering Wonder in the Deep 2 I Marine Science for the Nation or for the World? 3 I Scientific Internationalism in a Pacific World 4 I Cold War Science on the Seafloor 5 I Ocean Science and Governance in the Anthropocene Conclusion Notes Acknowledgments Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: PIK B 020-22-94723
    Description / Table of Contents: The book focusses on questions of individual and collective action, the emergence and dynamics of social norms and the feedback between individual behaviour and social phenomena. It discusses traditional modelling approaches to social norms and shows the usefulness of agent-based modelling for the study of these micro-macro interactions. Existing agent-based models of social norms are discussed and it is shown that so far too much priority has been given to parsimonious models and questions of the emergence of norms, with many aspects of social norms, such as norm-change, not being modelled.  Juvenile delinquency, group radicalisation and moral decision making are used as case studies for agent-based models of collective action extending existing models by providing an embedding into social networks, social influence via argumentation and a causal action theory of moral decision making. The major contribution of the book is to highlight the multifaceted nature of the dynamics of social norms, consisting not only of emergence, and the importance of embedding of agent-based models into existing theory. 
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 215 Seiten
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    ISBN: 978-94-017-8514-3
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionTheorising Norms -- Theorising Crime -- Agent-based Modelling -- The Environment and Social Norms -- Punishment and Social Norms -- Imitation and Social Norms -- Socially Situated Social Norms -- Internalisation and Social Norms -- Modelling Norms -- Delinquent Networks -- Social Construction of Knowledge -- Morality -- We-Intentionality -- Conclusion -- Index..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 9781789200294 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (334 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781789200294
    Series Statement: Studies in German history 22
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS List of Figures and Tables Acknowledgments Introduction: German Histories and Pacific Histories / Ulrike Strasser, Frank Biess, and Hartmut Berghoff Part I. Missionaries, Explorers, and Knowledge Transfer 1. German Apothecaries and Botanists in Early Modern Indonesia, the Philippines, and Japan / Raquel A. G. Reyes 2. A Bohemian Mapmaker in Manila: Travels, Transfers, and Traces between the Pacific Ocean and Germans Lands / Ulrike Strasser 3. German Naturalists in the Pacific around 1800: Entanglement, Autonomy, and a Transnational Culture of Expertise / Andreas W. Daum 4. Georg Wilhelm Steller and Carl Heinrich Merck: German Scientists in Russian Service as Explorers in the North Pacific in the Eighteenth Century / Kristina Küntzel-Witt 5. Johann Reinhold Forster and the Ship Resolution as a Space of Knowledge Production / Anne Mariss 6. Engineering Empire: German Influence on Chinese Industrialization, 1880-1925 / Shellen Wu Part II. Expansion, Entanglements, and Colonialism in the Long Nineteenth Century 7. Expanding the Frontier(s): The Spreckels Family and the German-American Penetration of the Pacific, 1 870-1920 / Uwe Spiekermann 8. Work and Non-work in the "Paradise of the South Sea": Samoa, ca. 1890-1914 195 / Jürgen Schmidt 9. German Women in the South Sea Colonies, 1884-1919 / Livia Rivotti 10. Sacrifice, Heroism, Professionalization, and Empowerment: Colonial New Guinea in the Lives of German Religious Women, 1899-1919 / Katharina Stornig 11. Rape, Indenture, and the Colonial Courts in German New Guinea / Emma Thomas 12. The Trans-Pacific "Ghadar" Movement: The Role of the Pacific in the Indo-German Plot to Overthrow the British Empire during World War I / Douglas T. McGetchin 13. The Vava'u Germans: History and Identity Construction of a Transcultural Community with Tongan and Pomeranian Roots / Reinhard Wendt Epilogue German Histories and Pacific Histories: New Directions / Matt Matsuda Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (152 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung Literatur 2 Bauprojekte sind auch Kommunikationsbaustellen 2.1 Aufbau und Erhaltung einer Informationskultur im Projektteam 2.2 Veränderung im öffentlichen Raum schafft Kommunikationsbedarf 2.3 Problemlösung durch integrierte Kommunikation 2.4 Organisatorische Einbindung der Kommunikation in das Projektmanagement 2.5 Kommunikatoren nach innen und außen 2.6 Prozessorientiertes Phasenmodell 2.7 Umfeldanalyse zur Eruierung kritischer Themen 2.8 Festlegung der Kommunikationsstrategie 2.9 Ziele und Dialoggruppen 2.10 Das Bauprojekt bewusst positionieren 2.11 Einheitliche Botschaften nach innen und außen vermitteln 2.12 Strategische Planung des Maßnahmenkatalogs Literatur 3 Interne Kommunikation 3.1 Aufgabenstellungen der internen Kommunikation 3.2 Ratio und Empathie: Die Projektkultur entwickeln 3.3 Formelle und informelle interne Kommunikation 3.4 Formelles Informationsmanagement 3.5 Informeller Informationsaustausch 3.6 Instrumente der internen Kommunikation 3.7 Synchrone Kommunikationsmittel 3.8 Asynchrone Kommunikationsmittel Literatur 4 Externe Kommunikation 4.1 Das Modell PESO 4.2 Bezahlte Medienauftritte (Paid Content) 4.2.1 Advertorials 4.2.2 Baureportagen in Bewegtbildern 4.2.3 Gesponserte Blogbeiträge 4.3 Berichterstattung in den klassischen Medien (Eamed Content) 4.3.1 Basispressemappe als Faktensammlung 4.3.2 Media-Newsroom als Informationsdrehscheibe für Journalisten 4.3.3 Laufende Information über Medienmitteilungen 4.3.4 Pressekonferenzen schaffen persönliche Beziehungen 4.3.5 Einzelgespräche mit Journalisten 4.3.6 Individuelle Publikationen in Fachmedien 4.3.7 Bilder lassen Architektur im Gedächtnis bleiben 4.4 Widerhall in den sozialen Netzwerken (Shared Content) 4.5 Das Bauprojekt in der Selbstdarstellung (Owned Content) 4.5.1 Die Projektwebsite als Kommunikationsdrehscheibe 4.5.2 Stakeholder mit Newslettern am Laufenden halten 4.5.3 Corporate Publishing signalisiert Qualität 4.5.4 Informationspavillon als Ort für Einblicke und Auskünfte 4.5.5 Veranstaltungen Literatur 5 Vorsorgemaßnahmen gegen mögliche Krisen Literatur 6 Ansichten und Einsichten von Experten 6.1 Architekturkritiker und -joumalisten 6.1.1 Axel Simon: Vorsichtskultur der Schweiz führt zu Partizipationsverfahren 6.1.2 Walter Laser: Exklusivität als Türöffner für Fachmedien 6.1.3 Jakob Schoof: Visuelles entscheidet über Berichterstattung 6.2 Kommunikationsverantwortliche von Bauherren 6.2.1 Emst Eichinger: Die Projektdatenbank des größten Bauherrn Österreichs 6.2.2 Johanna Griesmayr: Direkte Kommunikation Online und über Ombudsleute 6.2.3 Peter Klinglmüller: Kommunikativer Hype um das neue grün-weiße Rapid-Stadion 6.3 Projektmanager 6.3.1 Jürgen Laukemper: Bauherren mit einer ausgeprägten Kommunikationskultur tun sich leichter 6.3.2 Andreas Gobiet: Kommunikation gehört Bautechnikem schon in der Ausbildung als Grundelement vermittelt 6.3.3 Wolfgang Kradischnig: Die Währung in einem Projekt ist Vertrauen 6.3.4 Hans Lechner: Planung und Architektur sind keine nonverbalen Kulturleistungen 6.3.5 Arnold Schmitzer: Die sieben Todsündenbeim Bauen 6.3.6 Verena Zybell: Ampelsignale steuern durch Projektengstellen Literatur 7 Resümee Weiterführende Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 9783110379471 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieser Band stellt die zentralen Entwicklungen bei der Gestaltung von Lernwelten in Hochschulen und damit verbundenen Wissenschaftlichen Bibliotheken, in Öffentlichen Bibliotheken, in der Erwachsenenbildung sowie in kommunalen Kultur- und Bildungszentren systematisch dar. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Empfehlungen gegeben, wie Lernarrangements und Wissensräume in Zukunft gestaltet werden können. Dabei spielt die Perspektive eines integrierten Optionsraums für Lebenslanges Lernen eine zentrale Rolle.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783110379471
    Series Statement: Lernwelten
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur Reihe Vorwort Einleitung 1 Begriffskontexte 1.1 Information 1.2 Wissen 1.3 Kompetenz 1.4 Lernen / Aneignung 1.4.1 Einführung 1.4.2 Lerntheorien 1.4.3 Lebenslanges und selbstgesteuertes Lernen 1.4.4 Lernstile und Lerntypen 1.4.5 Lernraum 1.4.6 Kontextualisierungen 1.5 Lehren / Vermittlung / Didaktisches Handeln 1.5.1 Einführung 1.5.2 Didaktische Theorien, Modelle und Konzepte 1.5.3 Lernbegleitung / Lernberatung 1.5.4 Kontextualisierungen 1.6 Bildung 1.7 Zusammenfassung 2 Lernwelten im Wandel 2.1 Einführung 2.2 Begriffskontexte Lernwelten 2.3 Hochschulen und Wissenschaftliche Bibliotheken 2.3.1 Überblick 2.3.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.3.3 Raumkonzepte 2.3.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.3.5 Zusammenfassung 2.4 öffentliche Bibliotheken 2.4.1 Überblick 2.4.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.4.3 Raumkonzepte 2.4.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.4.5 Zusammenfassung 2.5 Erwachsenenbildung / Weiterbildung 2.5.1 Überblick 2.5.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.5.3 Raumkonzepte 2.5.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.5.5 Zusammenfassung 2.6 Bildungs- und Kulturzentren - Learning Centres 2.6.1 Überblick 2.6.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.6.3 Raumkonzepte 2.6.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.6.5 Zusammenfassung 3 Zukünftige Perspektiven 3.1 Wandlungsprozesse 3.1.1 Herausforderungen 3.1.2 Vom Produkt zum Prozess 3.1.3 Vom Lehren zum Lernen 3.1.4 Vom Konsum zur Produktion 3.1.5 Von der Lehrumgebung zur Lernumgebung 3.1.6 Von der Addition zur Integration 3.2 Optionsraum Lebenslanges Lernen 3.2.1 Herausforderungen 3.2.2 Angebotsentwicklung 3.2.3 Lernraumentwicklung 3.2.4 Organisationsentwicklung 3.2.5 Kooperationsentwicklung 3.2.6 Stadt- / Regionalentwicklung 3.2.7 Perspektiven Literatur Abkürzungsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Zum Autor Register
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book described the current status and possible future changes of the thermokarst (thaw) lakes of western Siberia as dominant forms of landscape and regulators of greenhouse gas exchange within the atmosphere. Thawing permafrost and resulting microbial decomposition of previously frozen organic carbon is one of the most significant terrestrial ecosystem positive feedbacks to a warming climate. Ongoing processes of the permafrost thawing in Western Siberia are likely to increase the surface of water bodies via forming so-called thermokarst lakes, mobilizing the organic carbon (OC) from the soil pool to the rivers and, finally, to the ocean, and thus modifying the fluxes of methane (CH4) and CO2 to the atmosphere. Despite their tremendous importance for green house gazes regulation and hydrological regime control, very little is known about hydrochemistry of western Siberia thaw lakes. This book assesses the variation of major and trace elements (TE) and organic carbon (OC) concentration along the chronosequence of lake development and the latitude profile of variable permafrost abundance; characterizes the colloidal status of TE and distinguishes between the relative proportion of organic and organo-mineral colloids; describes the particularity of microbiological composition of thermokarst lake waters and production/mineralization processes in the water column; and presents the perspective of water chemical composition evolution under the climate change scenario. Each of these aforementioned objectives present a scientific challenge given mainly the paucity of existing information on these important but still very poorly studied ecosystems. Taken together, understanding of these issues and identification and quantification of controlling environmental parameters should produce conceptually new knowledge of biogeochemical processes operating within the Western Siberia Plain with the possibility of extrapolation of generated knowledge to much larger territories of arctic and subarctic permafrost-affected areas. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Biochemistry research trends
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introduction: Thermokarst Lakes of Western Siberia as Dominant Forms of Landscape and Regulators of Greenhouse Gas Exchange with the Atmosphere Chapter 1. Thermokarst Lakes: Distribution, Cycle of Development, Surface Coverage and Evolution Chapter 2. Sources of Dissolved Components in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 3. Temperature and Gas Regime Chapter 4. Dissolved Organic Carbon Chapter 5. Microbiology of Thermokarst Lake Systems Chapter 6. Trace Elements in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 7. Colloids in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 8. Latitude Profile Gradients of Lakes: Substituting Space for Time Chapter 9. Possible Impact of Climate Warming on Stocks and Fluxes of Carbon and Related Elements in Western Siberian Lakes Conclusions: Thaw Lakes as Indicators of Climate Change References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    facet.materialart.12
    New York : Nova Publishers
    Call number: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book discusses the ecology, diversity and environmental impact of Siberia. Chapter One discusses cultural interaction and mutual influence of the civilizations of the Ancient World and the Middle Ages: China, Japan, Korea, Iran, Central Asian nomadic empires, Turkic Khanate, Byzantium, Russian kingdoms, the Ottoman Empire and the Arab Caliphate to Siberia and the Urals. Chapter Two presents issues regarding the current state of soil resources in the world, and focuses on agricultural development of Siberian land within Russia and the world and its hidden productive potential, which in the process of time will have greater economic importance. Chapter Three reviews the impact of recent climate changes and technogenic contamination with fluorides emitted by aluminum smelters on the microbial transformation of carbon, the regimes of functioning, and the state of agroecosystems on gray forest soils (Luvic Greyzemic Phaeozems) in the forest-steppe zone of the Baikal region on the basis of data of the long-term agroecological monitoring. Chapter Four studies the ecological interactions that take place within the vast region of Siberia among the avian reservoir hosts and viral populations, and the environment they utilize. Chapter Five presents the results of hydro-chemical research conducted in the spring of 2013 and end of August of 2014 in the northern part of Western Siberia. Chapter Six presents the results of research on selected terrestrial surface waters in the arctic tundra of Western Siberia conducted during the Spring of 2013, Fall of 2014, and Winter of 2015. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (249 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Russian political, economic, and security issues
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Chapter 1. North-East Eurasia (Siberia) in the Context of World History: New Concepts / Vladislav Kokoulin and Igor Likhomanov Chapter 2. The Past, Present, and Future of the use of the Agricultural Soils of Siberia / W. Halicki and K. Kita Chapter 3. Agroecological Monitoring of the Carbon Transformation in Agroecosystems on Gray Forest Soils of the Baikal Region under Current Climatic Changes and Conditions of Fluoride Pollution / L. V. Pomazkina and Yu. V. Semenova Chapter 4. Ecology of Avian Influenza Viruses in Siberia / Maria Alessandra De Marco, Kirill Sharshov, Marina Gulyaeva, Mauro Delogu, Lorenzo Ciccarese, Maria Rita Castrucci, Alexander Shestopalov Chapter 5. Assessment of Biogenic Substances of Selected Terrestrial Waters in the Northern Part of Western Siberia: Significance for Ecology and Climate Change / W. Halicki, M. W. Kochanska and S. N. Kirpotin Chapter 6. Quality Assessment of Selected Surface Waters of the Arctic Tundra of Western Siberia in the Context of Climate Change / W. Halicki, M.W. Kochanska and S.N. Kirpotin Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: 9783658070557 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Werk stellt die Vorteile und Möglichkeiten der Teilzeitführung für Unternehmen dar. Praxisnah und durch Fallbeispiele erläutert, werden Rahmenbedingungen und Gestaltungsmöglichkeiten von Teilzeitführung beschrieben, typische Probleme identifiziert und praktische Empfehlungen für Personaler und Führungskräfte herausgearbeitet. Im Führungskräftebereich wird Teilzeitarbeit im deutschsprachigen Raum noch selten genutzt. Immer mehr Unternehmen setzen sich jedoch mit den Vorteilen einer flexiblen Arbeitszeitgestaltung auseinander und treiben das Thema mit strategischen Konzepten wie bspw. Teilzeitquoten oder expliziten Teilzeitprogrammen für Führungskräfte voran. Dabei kommen ganz unterschiedliche Arbeitszeitmodelle von Jobsharing bis zu vollzeitnaher Teilzeit zum Einsatz. Das Buch zeigt aktuelle Konzepte aus Unternehmen und diskutiert kritisch Parameter einer erfolgreichen Umsetzung.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (262 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658070557 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Teil I Grundlagen und Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeitführung 1 Führen in Teilzeit - Zum Stand der Dinge in Theorie und Praxis / Anja Karlshaus und Boris Kaehler 2 Führung in Teilzeit? - Eine empirische Analyse zur Verbreitung von Teilzeitarbeit unter Führungskräften in Deutschland und Europa / Stefan Stuth und Lena Hipp 3 Zur familienpolitischen Bedeutung von Führung in flexiblen Arbeitsmodellen / Dilek Kolat und Andrea Schirmacher 4 Arbeitsrechtliche Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeitführung / Kara Preedy 5 Chancengleichheit zwischen Teilzeit- und Vollzeitführungskräften / Günther Vedder und Margit Vedder 6 Reduzierte Arbeitszeit in Führungspositionen: Empirische Befunde und Erfolgsfaktoren in der 360-Grad-Perspektiv / Nina Bessing, Marc Gärtner und Katharina Schiederig 7 Implementierung von Teilzeitführung / Angela Fauth-Herkner und Stefanie Wiebrock 8 Chancen und Risiken bei der Implementierung von Teilzeitführung / Desiree H. Ladwig und Michel E. Domsch 9 Persönliche Kompetenzen und unterstützende Rahmenbedingungen für eine gelungene Teilzeitführung / Gerda Köster 10 Teilzeitführung - Grenzen und kritische Aspekte / Oliver Stettes Teil II Organisationsbeispiele aus der Praxis 11 Praxisbeispiel Barmenia Versicherungen: Teilzeitführung als Prozess / Ulrike Rüß 12 Praxisbeispiel Commerzbank AG: Top-Sharing und das Vertretermodell / Angelika Bauernfeind, Sabine Prößl und Alexandra Warkus 13 Praxisbeispiel Daimler AG: Teilzeitführung als Bestandteil eines umfassenden Diversity-Management-Ansatzes / Angela Lechner 14 Praxisbeispiel EY: Flexibilität und individuelle Ausgestaltung als Erfolgsvoraussetzung / Isabell Galvagni und Eva Voß 15 Praxisbeispiel HUK-COBURG: Teilzeitführung im Rahmen einer familienbewussten Unternehmens- und Personalpolitik / Sarah Rössler und Grit Renning 16 Praxisbeispiel Polizei: Eine Frage der Balance / Andrea Jochmann- Döll 17 Praxisbeispiel der Stadt Köln: Teilzeitführung als Instrument zur Förderung der Gendergerechtigkeit / Christine Kronenberg 18 Praxisbeispiel TUI Deutschland GmbH: Der Weg von der Anwesenheits- zur Performancekultur / Christian Meyenberg und Christoph Schinner Sachverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: 9783319714042 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 435 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second edtion
    ISBN: 9783319714042 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Use R!
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Why Numerical Ecology? 1.2 Why R? 1.3 Readership and Structure of the Book 1.4 How to Use This Book 1.5 The Data Sets 1.5.1 The Doubs Fish Data 1.5.2 The Oribatid Mite Data 1.6 A Quick Reminder About Help Sources 1.7 Now It Is Time 2 Exploratory Data Analysis 2.1 Objectives 2.2 Data Exploration 2.2.1 Data Extraction 2.2.2 Species Data: First Contact 2.2.3 Species Data: A Closer Look 2.2.4 Ecological Data Transformation 2.2.5 Environmental Data 2.3 Conclusion 3 Association Measures and Matrices 3.1 Objectives 3.2 The Main Categories of Association Measures (Short Overview) 3.2.1 Q Mode and R Mode 3.2.2 Symmetrical or Asymmetrical Coefficients in Q Mode: The Double-Zero Problem 3.2.3 Association Measures for Qualitative or Quantitative Data 3.2.4 To Summarize 3.3 Q Mode: Computing Dissimilarity Matrices Among Objects 3.3.1 Q Mode: Quantitative Species Data 3.3.2 Q Mode: Binary (Presence-Absence) Species Data 3.3.3 Q Mode: Quantitative Data (Excluding Species Abundances) 3.3.4 Q Mode: Binary Data (Excluding Species Presence-Absence Data) 3.3.5 Q Mode: Mixed Types Including Categorical (Qualitative Multiclass) Variables 3.4 R Mode: Computing Dependence Matrices Among Variables 3.4.1 R Mode: Species Abundance Data 3.4.2 R Mode: Species Presence-Absence Data 3.4.3 R Mode: Quantitative and Ordinal Data (Other than Species Abundances) 3.4.4 R Mode: Binary Data (Other than Species Abundance Data) 3.5 Pre-transformations for Species Data 3.6 Conclusion 4 Cluster Analysis 4.1 Objectives 4.2 Clustering Overview 4.3 Hierarchical Clustering Based on Links 4.3.1 Single Linkage Agglomerative Clustering 4.3.2 Complete Linkage Agglomerative Clustering 4.4 Average Agglomerative Clustering 4.5 Ward's Minimum Variance Clustering 4.6 Flexible Clustering 4.7 Interpreting and Comparing Hierarchical Clustering Results 4.7.1 Introduction 4.7.2 Cophenetic Correlation 4.7.3 Looking for Inteipretable Clusters 4.8 Non-hierarchical Clustering 4.8.1 k-means Partitioning 4.8.2 Partitioning Around Medoids (PAM) 4.9 Comparison with Environmental Data 4.9.1 Comparing a Typology with External Data (ANOVA Approach) 4.9.2 Comparing Two Typologies (Contingency Table Approach) 4.10 Species Assemblages 4.10.1 Simple Statistics on Group Contents 4.10.2 Kendall's W Coefficient of Concordance 4.10.3 Species Assemblages in Presence-Absence Data 4.10.4 Species Co-occurrence Network 4.11 Indicator Species 4.11.1 Introduction 4.11.2 IndVal: Species Indicator Values 4.11.3 Correlation-Type Indices 4.12 Multivariate Regression Trees (MRT): Constrained Clustering 4.12.1 Introduction 4.12.2 Computation (Principle) 4.12.3 Application Using Packages mvpart and MVPARTwrap 4.12.4 Combining MRT and IndVal 4.13 MRT as a Monothetic Clustering Method 4.14 Sequential Clustering 4.15 A Very Different Approach: Fuzzy Clustering 4.15.1 Fuzzy c-means Using Package cluster's Function fanny () 4.15.2 Noise Clustering Using the vegclust () Function 4.16 Conclusion 5 Unconstrained Ordination 5.1 Objectives 5.2 Ordination Overview 5.2.1 Multidimensional Space 5.2.2 Ordination in Reduced Space 5.3 Principal Component Analysis (PCA) 5.3.1 Overview 5.3.2 PCA of the Environmental Variables of the Doubs River Data Using rda () 5.3.3 PCA on Transformed Species Data 5.3.4 Domain of Application of PCA 5.3.5 PCA Using Function PCA. newr () 5.3.6 Imputation of Missing Values in PCA 5.4 Correspondence Analysis (CA) 5.4.1 Introduction 5.4.2 CA Using Function cca () of Package vegan 5.4.3 CA Using Function CA. newr () 5.4.4 Arch Effect and Detrended Correspondence Analysis (DCA) 5.4.5 Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA) 5.5 Principal Coordinate Analysis (PCoA) 5.5.1 Introduction 5.5.2 Application of PCoA to the Doubs Data Set Using cmdscaleO and vegan 5.5.3 Application of PCoA to the Doubs Data Set Using pcoa () 5.6 Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling (NMDS) 5.6.1 Introduction 5.6.2 Application to the Doubs Fish Data 5.6.3 PCoA or NMDS? 5.7 Hand-Written PCA Ordination Function 6 Canonical Ordination 6.1 Objectives 6.2 Canonical Ordination Overview 6.3 Redundancy Analysis (RDA) 6.3.1 Introduction 6.3.2 RDA of the Doubs River Data 6.3.3 Distance-Based Redundancy Analysis (db-RDA) 6.3.4 A Hand-Written RDA Function 6.4 Canonical Correspondence Analysis (CCA) 6.4.1 Introduction 6.4.2 CCA of the Doubs River Data 6.5 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) 6.5.1 Introduction 6.5.2 Discriminant Analysis Using Ida () 6.6 Other Asymmetric Analyses 6.6.1 Principal Response Curves (PRC) 6.6.2 Co-correspondence Analysis (CoCA) 6.7 Symmetric Analysis of Two (or More) Data Sets 6.8 Canonical Correlation Analysis (CCorA) 6.8.1 Introduction 6.8.2 Canonical Correlation Analysis Using CCorA () 6.9 Co-inertia Analysis (CoIA) 6.9.1 Introduction 6.9.2 Co-inertia Analysis Using Function coinertia () of ade4 6.10 Multiple Factor Analysis (MFA) 6.10.1 Introduction 6.10.2 Multiple Factor Analysis Using FactoMineR 6.11 Relating Species Traits and Environment 6.11.1 The Fourth-Corner Method 6.11.2 RLQ Analysis 6.11.3 Application in R 6.12 Conclusion 7 Spatial Analysis of Ecological Data 7.1 Objectives 7.2 Spatial Structures and Spatial Analysis: A Short Overview 7.2.1 Introduction 7.2.2 Induced Spatial Dependence and Spatial Autocorrelation 7.2.3 Spatial Scale 7.2.4 Spatial Heterogeneity 7.2.5 Spatial Correlation or Autocorrelation Functions and Spatial Correlograms 7.2.6 Testing for the Presence of Spatial Correlation: Conditions 7.2.7 Modelling Spatial Structures 7.3 Multivariate Trend-Surface Analysis 7.3.1 Introduction 7.3.2 Trend-Surface Analysis in Practice 7.4 Eigenvector-Based Spatial Variables and Spatial Modelling 7.4.1 Introduction 7.4.2 Distance-Based Moran's Eigenvector Maps (dbMEM) and Principal Coordinates of Neighbour Matrices (PCNM) 7.4.3 MEM in a Wider Context: Weights Other than Geographic Distances 7.4.4 MEM with Positive or Negative Spatial Correlation: Which Ones should Be Used? 7.4.5 Asymmetric Eigenvector Maps (AEM): When Directionality Matters 7.5 Another Way to Look at Spatial Structures: Multiscale Ordination (MSO) 7.5.1 Principle 7.5.2 Application to the Mite Data - Exploratory Approach 7.5.3 Application to the Detrended Mite and Environmental Data 7.6 Space-Time Interaction Test in Multivariate ANOVA, Without Replicates 7.6.1 Introduction 7.6.2 Testing the Space-Time Interaction with the sti Functions 7.7 Conclusion 8 Community Diversity 8.1 Objectives 8.2 The Multiple Facets of Diversity 8.2.1 Introduction 8.2.2 Species Diversity Measured by a Single Number 8.2.3 Taxonomic Diversity Indices in Practice 8.3 When Space Matters: Alpha, Beta and Gamma Diversities 8.4 Beta Diversity 8.4.1 Beta Diversity Measured by a Single Number 8.4.2 Beta Diversity as the Variance of the Community Composition Table: SCBD and LCBD Indices 8.4.3 Partitioning Beta Diversity into Replacement, Richness Difference and Nestedness Components 8.5 Functional Diversity, Functional Composition and Phylogenetic Diversity of Communities 8.5.1 Alpha Functional Diversity 8.5.2 Beta Taxonomic, Phylogenetic and Functional Diversities 8.6 Conclusion Bibliography Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: 9783319578521 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book on the current state of knowledge of submarine geomorphology aims to achieve the goalsof the Submarine Geomorphology working group, set up in 2013, byestablishing submarine geomorphology as a field of research, disseminating its concepts and techniques among earth scientists and professionals, and encouraging students to develop their skills and knowledge in this field.Editors have invited 30 experts from around the world to contribute chapters to this book, which is divided into 4 sections - (i) Introduction history, (ii) Data methods, (ii) Submarine landforms processes and (iv) Conclusions future directions. Each chapter provides a review of a topic, establishes the state-of-the-art, identifies the key research questions that need to be addressed, and delineates a strategy on how to achieve this.Submarine geomorphology is a priority for many research institutions, government authorities and industries globally.The book is useful for undergraduate and graduate students, and professionals with limited training in this field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 556 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319578521 , 978-3-319-57852-1
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction / Aaron Micallef, Sebastian Krastel and Alessandra Savini Part I Data and Methods in Submarine Geomorphology Sidescan Sonar / Ingo Klaucke Multibeam Echosounders / John E. Hughes Clarke Reflection and Refraction Seismic Methods / Gareth J. Crutchley and Heidrun Kopp Quantitative Analyses of Morphological Data / Philippe Blondel Seafloor Sediment and Rock Sampling / Aggeliki Georgiopoulou ROVs and AUVs / Veerle A.I. Huvenne, Katleen Robert, Leigh Marsh, Claudio Lo Iacono, Tim Le Bas and Russell B. Wynn Part II Submarine Landforms and Processes Origin and Geomorphic Characteristics of Ocean Basins / Peter T. Harris and Miles Macmillan-Lawler Drivers of Seafloor Geomorphic Change / Angelo Camerlenghi Shallow Coastal Landforms / Fantina Madricardo and Federica Rizzetto Continental Shelf Landforms / Ruth Durán and Jorge Guillén Submarine Glacial Landforms / Christine L. Batchelor, Julian A. Dowdeswell and Dag Ottesen Submarine Landslides / Joshu Mountjoy and Aaron Micallef Submarine Canyons and Gullies / David Amblas, Silvia Ceramicola, Thomas P. Gerber, Miquel Canals, Francesco L. Chiocci, Julian A. Dowdeswell, Peter T. Harris, Veerle A.I. Huvenne, Steven Y.J. Lai, Galderic Lastras, Claudio Lo Iacono, Aaron Micallef, Joshu J. Mountjoy, Charles K. Paull, Pere Puig and Anna Sanchez-Vidal Submarine Fans and Their Channels, Levees, and Lobes / Mark E. Deptuck and Zoltán Sylvester Contourite Drifts and Associated Bedforms / Ibimina Esentia, Dorrik Stow and Zeinab Smillie Volcanic Islands and Seamounts / Daniele Casalbore Mid-ocean Ridges / Neil C. Mitchell Cold Seep Systems / Silvia Ceramicola, Stéphanie Dupré, Luis Somoza and John Woodside Abyssal Hills and Abyssal Plains / Marie-Helene Cormier and Heather Sloan Oceanic Trenches / Jacob Geersen, David Voelker and Jan H. Behrmann Cold-Water Carbonate Bioconstructions / Claudio Lo Iacono, Alessandra Savini and Daniela Basso Part III Applied Submarine Geomorphology Applied Geomorphology and Geohazard Assessment for Deepwater Development / Roger Moore, Geoff Davis and Oliver Dabson Seabed Mining / Anne Peukert, Sven Petersen, Jens Greinert and François Charlot Fishing Activities / Ferdinand K.J. Oberle, Pere Puig and Jacobo Martín National Programmes: Geomorphological Mapping at Multiple Scales for Multiple Purposes / Terje Thorsnes, Lilja R. Bjarnadóttir, Alexandra Jarna, Nicole Baeten, Gill Scott, Janine Guinan, Xavier Monteys, Dayton Dove, Sophie Green, Joana Gafeira and Alan Stevenson Part IV Conclusion Conclusion / Aaron Micallef, Sebastian Krastel and Alessandra Savini Erratum to: Submarine Geomorphology / Aaron Micallef, Sebastian Krastel and Alessandra Savini
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: 9783030015992 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Middle East and Mediterranean region locates at a crossroad of global climatic patterns. The region is under the influence of a convergence of different maritime conditions which together with extensive adjacent land masses marked by extreme differences in topographical features transporting continental air masses lead to a diverse climate. This edited volume is based on the best papers accepted for presentation during the 1st Springer Conference of the Arabian Journal of Geosciences (CAJG-1), Tunisia 2018. It gives new insights on patterns and mechanisms of past, present and future climate/environmental changes mainly on Middle East and Mediterranean region by international researchers. The book is of interest to all researchers in the fields of climate, paleo-climate and paleo-environmental studies. Main topics include: • Spatio-temporal Patterns of Climate Change • Sea Level Variability • Climate Change Impacts and Migration Schemes • Paleoclimate Evolution • Paleoenvironmental Evolution
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 188 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783030015992 , 978-3-030-01599-2
    ISSN: 2522-8722 , 2522-8714
    Series Statement: Advances in science, technology & innovation
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Keynote Fifty Years of Paleoceanography: Major Achievements in Our Understanding of Past and Future Climate Change - Some Memories and Hearsay / Michael Sarnthein Part II Paleoceanographic Evolution Orbital-Scale Paleoceanographic Response to the Indian Monsoon in the Laxmi Basin of the Eastern Arabian Sea / Boo-Keun Khim, Ji-Eun Kim, Keiji Horikawa, Minoru Ikehara, Yoshihiro Asahara, and Jongmin Lee The 4.2 ka Event in the Euro-Mediterranean Region - A Study from the MISTRALS/PALEOMEX Program / Bassem Jalali and Marie-Alexandrine Sicre Record of Early Cretaceous Oceanic Anoxic Events in Adriatic Platform, Croatia / Antun Husinec and J. Fred Read Sedimentological and Geochemical Records of Lower Cretaceous Carbonate Successions Around Trabzon (NE Turkey): Implications for Paleoenvironmental Evolution and Paleoclimatological Conditions of Tethys / Merve Özyurt, M. Ziya Kirmaci, İ. Ömer Yılmaz, and Raif Kandemir Part III Paleoclimate Evolution Paleoclimate Evolution of the Kordofan Region (Sudan), During the Last 13 ka / Ahmed Dawelbeit, Etienne Jaillard, and Ali Eisawi Use of Paleoclimate Rainfall Data to Detect Mega Drought Signals / Joo-Heon Lee, Chanyang Sur, and Seo-Yeon Park Paleoclimatology Evidence of Eocene from Jaddala Formation in Northwestern Iraq / Alaa Al-Zubaidi and Omar Al-Badrani Holocene Paleoclimatic Variation Inferred from Study of Sediments in the Gulf of Tunis (North Africa) / Nizar Ouertani and Soumaya Yahyaoui Noble Gas Recharge Temperature of Sfax Deep Groundwater (Southeastern of Tunisia) / Rim Trabelsi, Mahdi Trabelsi, Kamel Zouari, and Takuya Matsumoto Time Analysis of Emberger’s Pluviothermic Q Index in the SW of the Iberian Peninsula / Leoncio García-Barrón, Julia Morales, and Arturo Sousa Systematic and Palaeoclimatic Investigations of Sivalhippus from the Late Miocene Siwaliks (Pakistan) / Muhammad tahir Waseem, Abdul majid Khan, Rana Mansoor Ahmad, Ayesha Iqbal, and Muhammad Ameen The Thar Desert Calcretes: A Proxy for Understanding Late Quaternary Paleoclimate Shifts / Hema Achyuthan Part IV Paleoenvironmental Evolution Using Environmental Isotopes and Krypton-81 to Characterize and Date Continental Intercalaire Paleogroundwater (Southern Tunisia) / Kamel Zouari, Takuya Matsumoto, Rim Trabelsi, and Pradeep Aggarwal Water Column Chemistry of Late Holocene Lake Bafa, Eastern Coast of the Aegean Sea (Turkey) / Özlem Bulkan, Ummuhan Sancar, Wei Wei, Xiaomin Zhu, and M. Namık Çağatay New Reports of Messinian Lago-Mare Episodes from Tunisia: Ostracods and Paleoenvironmental Implications / Rim Temani, Hayet Khayati Ammar, and Francesco Sciuto Geochemical Evidences of Paleoenvironmental Changes in Late Quaternary Lacustrine Sediments of the Konya Closed Basin (Konya, Turkey) / Hükmü Orhan, Arif Delikan, Ahmet Demir, Sevinç Kapan, Kemal Olgun, Ayhan Özmen, Ülkü Sayin, Gamze Ekici, Hülya Aydin, and Atike Nazik Reconstruction of Holocene Paleoenvironmental Changes Along Northern Coast of Sfax: Analysis of Foraminiferal Associations / Afef Khadraoui, Jérôme Bonnin, Chahira Zaïbi, and Fekri Kamoun Evolution of Korba Lagoon (Cap Bon, Tunisia) During the Last Millennia Based on the Analysis of Foraminiferal Assemblages / Asma Ben Hamad, Chahira Zaïbi, Martin R. Langer, and Fekri Kamoun Paleoenvironment Evolution of a Paralic System, El Guettiate and Dreïaa Sebkhas (Gulf of Gabès, Tunisia) / Zeineb Gargouri and Kamel Zouari Part V Spatio-temporal Patterns of Climate Change Testing for Collective Statistical Significance in Climate Change Detection Studies / Radan Huth and Martin Dubrovský Long-Term Variability of Gauged Precipitation Over California and Its Links to Circulation Patterns / Luciano Rodriguez, Cyril Rakovski, Mohamed Allali, and Hesham El-Askary Sensitivity of IDF Curves to Rainfall Gauge Type / A. S. Al-Wagdany Structural Characteristics of Precipitation in Jordan / Fayez A. Abdulla and Abdulelah Al-Qadami The Shift of the Atmospheric Circulation Patterns and Its Impacts on Western Mediterranean / Mohammed-Said Karrouk Recent Rainfall Variability in the South-West Mediterranean Region and Links with Teleconnection Patterns / Sabrina Taibi, Imane Messelmi, Mohamed Meddi, and Mohamed Amine Feddal Regionalization of Precipitation in Jordan / Abdulelah Al-Qadami and Fayez A. Abdulla Correlation Between NAO and Radio Refractive Index Over Africa / Joseph Dada, Adekunle Titus Adediji, Kayode Adedayo, and Moses Ajewole Convective Cloud Climatology Over Indian Tropics and Nearby Regions Using Multi-spectral Satellite Observations / Anoop Kumar Mishra, Mohammd Rafiq, Sagarika Chandra, and Nagaiyavedu Adalarasu Sivarajan Analysis of Trend and Variability in Time Series of Extreme Daily Temperature of Abu Dhabi City (UAE) / Nishi Bhuvandas Black Carbon Aerosol Characteristics and Its Radiative Effect in Xuzhou City, China / Mengdie Xie and Wei Chen Part VI Sea Level Variability: Past, Present and Future On the Long-Term Mediterranean Sea Level Variability / Mahdi Haddad and Antonio Bonaduce Impacts of Relative Sea Level Change and Sedimentary Dynamic on an Historic Site Expansion Along the Coast Between Sfax and Jebeniena, Tunisia / Mohamed Kamoun, Afef Khadraoui, Asma Ben Hamad, Chahira Zaïbi, Martin R. Langer, Nejib Bahrouni, Mohamed Ben Youssef, and Fekri Kamoun Sedimentary Dynamic and Sea Level Variation Along Hachichina Coast (Sebkha Ras Younga, Gulf of Gabes, Tunisia) During Holocene: Response of Ostracods and Foraminifera Assemblages / Khaoula Ben Khlifa, Chahira Zaïbi, Jérome Bonnin, and Fekri Kamoun New Experimental Low Cost Technique of Sea-Level Monitoring: Toward a Sea-Level Monitoring for All / Yacine Hemdane, Mohamed Bouhmadouche, Bachir Hamadache, and Mohamed Aounallah Part VII Climate Change Impacts and Migration Schemes Economic Impact of Sand and Dust Storms on the Oil Sector in Kuwait / Ali Al-Hemoud and Safaa Al-Awadhi Spatial and Temporal Variations of Bare Land in Beijing, China: A 30-Year Analysis / Yating Chen and Aobo Liu Appraising Climate Change and Its Influence on Glaciers of South Asian Himalayan Region / Sheikh Saeed Ahmad, Javeria Saleem, and Marria Ghalib World Population: Its Connection with Climate Variations / Alexey V. Byalko Groundwater Resources Sustainability in Africa Under a Climate Change Scenario: Knowledge Gaps and Needs / Ahzegbobor P. Aizebeokhai, Kehinde D. Oyeyemi, and Adebola E. Adeniran Adaptation Strategies and Resilience to Climate Change for Warm, Dry-Summer Continental Climate in Iran / Gholamreza Roshan, José A. Orosa, Ángel M. Costa, and Rebeca Bouzón Building Energy Consumption and Carbon Dioxide Emissions in a Small Region with a Warm and Semi-humid Climate Type (Iran) / Gholamreza Roshan, José A. Orosa, Ángel M. Costa, and Rebeca Bouzón Climate-Driven Migration Assessment of Southwestern Coast of Bangladesh / Iftekharul Anam Saikat, Nabila Nawshin, and M. Tauhid Ur Rahman
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 9783662562338 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This completely updated and revised second edition provides a unique and up-to-date treatment of all aspects of plant ecology, making it an ideal textbook and reference work for students, researchers and practitioners. More than 500 high-quality images and drawings, mostly in colour, aid readers’ understanding of various key topics, while the clear structure and straightforward style make it user friendly and particularly useful for students. Written by leading experts, it offers authoritative information, including relevant references. While Plant Ecology primarily addresses graduate students in biology and ecology, it is also a valuable resource for post-graduate students and researchers in botany, environmental sciences and landscape ecology, as well as all those whose study or work touches on agriculture, forestry, land use, and landscape management. Key Topics: - Molecular ecophysiology (molecular stress physiology: light, temperature, oxygen deficiency, water deficit (drought), unfavorable soil mineral conditions, biotic stress) - Physiological and biophysical plant ecology (ecophysiology of plants: thermal balance, water, nutrient, carbon relations) - Ecosystem ecology (characteristics of ecosystems, approaches how to study and how to model terrestrial ecosystems, biogeochemical fluxes in terrestrial ecosystems) - Community ecology and biological diversity (development of plant communities in time and space, interactions between plants and plant communities with the abiotic and the biotic environment, biodiversity and ecosystem functioning) - Global ecology (global biogeochemical cycles, Dynamic Global Vegetation Models, global change and terrestrial ecosystems)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 926 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9783662562338 , 978-3-662-56233-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Molecular Stress Physiology 2 General Themes of Molecular Stress Physiology 2.1 Definitions and Concepts 2.1.1 Stress 2.1.2 Quantification of Stress 2.1.3 Escape–Resistance–Avoidance–Tolerance 2.1.4 Stress Responses–Acclimation–Adaptation 2.1.5 Filters Determining Species Distribution 2.2 Activation of Stress Tolerance and Avoidance Mechanisms 2.2.1 Stress Sensing and Signal Transduction 2.2.2 Transcriptional Control 2.2.3 Oxidative Stress 2.2.4 Long-Distance Stress Signalling 2.2.5 The Model System Arabidopsis thaliana 2.3 Stress and Growth Regulation 2.4 Molecular Basis of Escape and Anticipation of Stress 2.4.1 Circadian Rhythms 2.4.2 Anticipation of Seasonal Changes in Environmental Conditions 2.4.3 Developmental Switches Triggered by Favourable Conditions 2.4.4 Trans-Generational Stress Memory Summary References 3 Light 3.1 The Dual Significance of Light 3.2 Visible Light 3.2.1 Avoidance of Light Stress and Permanent or Dynamic Acclimation 3.2.2 Overexcitation and Damage to Photosynthetic Membranes. 3.2.3 Flexible Acclimation to Changes in Light Intensity 3.2.4 Continuous Light 3.2.5 Light Triggers Plant Adaptation and Acclimation to the Environment 3.3 UV-B Radiation 3.3.1 Ranges of Ultraviolet Radiation and Biological Activity 3.3.2 Ultraviolet-B Damage and Repair Mechanisms 3.3.3 Avoidance of Ultraviolet-B-Induced Stress 3.3.4 Ultraviolet-B Perception and Signalling 3.3.5 Crosstalk Between Ultraviolet-B and Visible Light Responses Summary References 4 Temperature 4.1 The Temperature Challenge 4.1.1 Temperature Dependence of Life 4.1.2 Plants as Poikilothermic Organisms 4.1.3 Variations in Temperature Range 4.1.4 Strategies to Cope with Temperature Fluctuations and Temperature Extremes 4.2 Cold Acclimation and Freezing Tolerance 4.2.1 Adjustment of Membrane Fluidity 4.2.2 Prevention of Photoinhibition 4.2.3 Cryoprotective Proteins 4.2.4 Control of Ice Formation 4.2.5 Signalling Networks Involved in Cold Acclimation 4.2.6 Freezing Avoidance and Freezing Tolerance in Tropical High Mountain Plants 4.3 Heat Stress 4.3.1 Heat Stress Avoidance 4.3.2 Acquired Thermotolerance 4.3.3 The Heat Shock Response 4.4 Temperature Sensing 4.4.1 Sensing of Extreme Temperatures 4.4.2 Sensing of Ambient Temperature Changes Summary References 5 Oxygen Deficiency 5.1 Conditions of Flooded Soil 5.2 Hypoxia-Induced Damage: Energy Metabolism of Plants Under Oxygen Deficiency 5.3 Natural Variation in the Ability to Endure Inundation by Water 5.4 Adaptations to Flooding-Prone Habitats 5.4.1 Anatomical–Morphological Adaptations and Modifications 5.4.2 Biochemical Modifications 5.5 Sensing of Flooding and Ensuing Signal Transduction 5.5.1 Ethylene Signal Transduction 5.5.2 Oxygen Sensing 5.6 Regulation of Avoidance and Tolerance Strategies Summary References 6 Water Deficiency (Drought) 6.1 The Properties of Water 6.2 Water Acquisition and Movement: Cellular Aspects 6.2.1 The Water Potential 6.2.2 Facilitation of Intercellular and Intracellular Water Flow: Aquaporins 6.3 Drought Stress Responses: Avoidance and Tolerance 6.3.1 Control of the Osmotic Potential 6.3.2 Protective Proteins 6.3.3 Regulation of the Stomatal Aperture 6.4 Acclimation of Growth 6.4.1 Inhibition of Shoot Growth 6.4.2 Stimulation of Root Growth 6.5 Sensing of Water Status and Signal Transduction 6.5.1 Sensing of Water Status 6.5.2 ABA Signal Transduction 6.5.3 ABA-Independent Signalling 6.6 Photosynthesis Variants with Improved Water Use Efficiency 6.6.1 C4 Photosynthesis 6.6.2 Evolution of C 4 Photosynthesis 6.6.3 Crassulacean Acid Metabolism 6.6.4 Evolution of Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Photosynthesis Summary References 7 Adverse Soil Mineral Availability 7.1 Mineral Nutrients 7.2 The Mineral Nutrition Challenge 7.2.1 Elements in the Soil 7.2.2 Element Toxicity 7.3 Nutrient Acquisition and Responses to Nutrient Scarcity 7.3.1 Modulation of Nutrient Availability 7.3.2 Cellular Ion Transport Mechanisms 7.3.3 Modulation of Nutrient Uptake in Response to Deficiency 7.3.4 Intracellular Transport and Cellular Aspects of Long-Distance Transport 7.3.5 Plasticity of Root Architecture and Responses to Nutrient Deficiency 7.3.6 Sensing of Nutrient Availability and Nutrient Status . 7.4 Nutrient Acquisition Symbioses 7.4.1 Mycorrhizae 7.4.2 Nitrogen Fixation 7.4.3 The Common Sym Pathway 7.5 Responses to Element Toxicity and Tolerance Mechanisms 7.5.1 Essential Metal Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.2 Metal Hyperaccumulators as Models for Adaptation to Extreme Environments 7.5.3 Sodium Toxicity 7.5.4 Aluminium Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.5 Non-Essential Toxic Metals Summary References 8 Biotic Stress 8.1 Plant Disease Caused by Pathogens 8.1.1 Types of Pathogens: Viruses, Bacteria, Fungi, Oomycetes and Nematodes 8.1.2 Pathogenicity Mechanisms 8.2 Plant Defences Against Microbial Pathogens and Viruses 8.2.1 Preformed Defences Against Bacteria, Fungi and Oomycetes 8.2.2 Inducible Local Defences 8.2.3 Inducible Systemic Resistance 8.2.4 Defence Against Viruses via Gene Silencing 8.3 Herbivory 8.3.1 Constitutive Defences 8.3.2 Inducible Defences Against Herbivores 8.3.3 How Plant–Herbivore Interactions Drive Genetic Diversity 8.4 Parasitic Plants 8.5 Allelopathy Summary References Part II Physiological and Biophysical Plant Ecology 9 Thermal Balance of Plants and Plant Communities 9.1 Energy Balance of the Atmospheric Boundary Layer 9.2 Microclimate Near the Ground Surface 9.2.1 Daily Changes in Temperature Near the Ground 9.2.2 Modification of Environmental Radiation and Temperature by Abiotic Factors 9.2.3 Modification of the Radiation Budget and Temperature by Biotic Factors 9.3 Energy Balance of Leaves 9.4 Acclimation and Adaptation to Temperature Extremes 9.4.1 Acclimation and Adaptation to High Temperatures 9.4.2 Acclimation and Adaptation to Low Temperatures Summary References 10 Water Relations 10.1 Water as an Environmental Factor 10.1.1 Water Use by Plants and Animals 10.1.2 Availability of Water on Earth 10.1.3 Drivers of Water Flow Between the Soil and the Atmosphere 10.2 Water Transport from the Soil to the Plant 10.2.1 Water Uptake 10.2.2 Xylem Water Transport 10.2.3 Phloem Water Transport 10.3 Transpiration 10.3.1 Stomatal Responses to Plant-Internal Factors 10.3.2 Stomatal Responses to Environmental Factors Summary References 11 Nutrient Relations 11.1 Availability of Soil Nutrients and Ion Use 11.1.1 Plant Nutrients 11.1.2 Availability of Nutrients in Soil 11.1.3 General Aspects of Plant Nutrition 11.1.4 Nutrient Deficiency and Excess 11.2 Nitrogen Nutrition 11.2.1 Nitrogen in Plant Metabolism 11.2.2 Nitrogen Uptake and Nutrition 11.2.3 Nitrogen Requirements for Growth 11.2.4 Nitrogen Storage 11.2.5 Insectivorous Plants 11.2.6 Nitrogen Deficiency and Excess 11.3 Sulphur Nutrition 11.3.1 Sulphur in Plant Metabolism 11.3.2 Sulphur Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.3.3 Indicators of Sulphur Deficiency and Excess 11.4 Phosphate Nutrition 11.4.1 Phosphorus in Plant Metabolism 11.4.2 Phosphate Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.4.3 Indicators of Phosphorus Deficiency and Excess 11.5 Alkaline Cation Nutrition 11.5.1 Magnesium 11.5.2 Calcium 11.5.3 Potassium Summary References 12 Carbon Relations 12.1 Photosynthetic CO2 Uptake: Physiological and Physical Basis 12.1.1 Photosynthesis as a Diffusion Process 12.1.2 Evolution of C 3, C4 and Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Plant Species 12.2 Photosynthesis Models and Calculation of 13C/12C Fluxes (Contribution by A. Arneth) 12.2.1 RubisCO-Limited or RuBP-Saturated Rate (Av) 12.2.2 RuBP Regeneration–Dependent and Electron Transport–Limiting Rate (Aj) 12.2.3 Supply of CO 2 Through Stomata 12.2.4 13C/12C Discrimination 12.3 Specific Leaf Area, Nitrogen Concentrations and Photosynthetic Capacity 12.3.1 Specific Leaf Area 12.3.2 Maximum Rates of CO2 Assimilation 12.4 Response of Photosynthesis to Environmental Variables 12.4.1 Light Response of CO 2 Assimilation 12.4.2 Temperature Response of CO2 Assimilation 12.4.3 Relative Air Humidi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: 9783662554760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive introduction to the theory of equatorially-confined waves and currents in the ocean. Among the topics treated are inertial and shear instabilities, wave generation by coastal reflection, semiannual and annual cycles in the tropic sea, transient equatorial waves, vertically-propagating beams, equatorial Ekman layers, the Yoshida jet model, generation of coastal Kelvin waves from equatorial waves by reflection, Rossby solitary waves, and Kelvin frontogenesis. A series of appendices on midlatitude theories for waves, jets and wave reflections add further material to assist the reader in understanding the differences between the same phenomenon in the equatorial zone versus higher latitudes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-662-55476-0 , 9783662554760
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 An Observational Overview of the Equatorial Ocean 1.1 The Thermocline: The Tropical Ocean as a Two-Layer Model 1.2 Equatorial Currents 1.3 The Somali Current and the Monsoon 1.4 Deep Internal Jets 1.5 The El Niño/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 1.6 Upwelling in the Gulf of Guinea 1.7 Seasonal Variations of the Thermocline 1.8 Summary References 2 Basic Equations and Normal Modes 2.1 Model 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.3 Separation of Variables 2.4 Lamb’s Parameter, Equivalent Depths, Kelvin Phase Speeds and All that 2.5 Vertical Modes and Layer Models 2.6 Nondimensionalization References 3 Kelvin, Yanai, Rossby and Gravity Waves 3.1 Latitudinal Wave Modes: An Overview 3.2 Latitudinal Wave Modes: Structure and Spatial Symmetries 3.3 Dispersion Relations: Exact and Approximate Frequencies 3.4 Analytic Approximations to Equatorial Wave Frequencies 3.4.1 Explicit Formulas 3.4.2 Long Wave Series 3.5 Separation of Time Scales 3.6 Forced Waves 3.7 How the Mixed-Rossby Gravity Wave Earned Its Name 3.8 Hough-Hermite Vector Basis 3.8.1 Introduction 3.8.2 Inner Product and Orthogonality 3.8.3 Orthonormal Basis Functions 3.9 Applications of the Hough-Hermite Basis: Linear Initial-Value Problems 3.10 Initialization Through Hough-Hermite Expansion 3.11 Energy Relationships 3.12 The Equatorial Beta-Plane as the Thin Limit of the Nonlinear Shallow Water Equations on the Sphere References 4 The “Long Wave” Approximation & Geostrophy 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Quasi-Geostrophy 4.3 The “Meridional Geostrophy”, “Low Frequency” or “Long Wave” Approximation 4.4 Boundary Conditions 4.5 Frequency Separation of Slow [Rossby/Kelvin] and Fast [Gravity] Waves 4.6 Initial Value Problems in an Unbounded Ocean, Linearized About a State of Rest, in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7.1 The Method of Images 4.7.2 Dilated Images 4.7.3 Zonal Velocity 4.8 Forced Problems in the Long Wave Approximation References 5 The Equator as Wall: Coastally Trapped Waves and Ray-Tracing 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Coastally-Trapped Waves 5.3 Ray-Tracing For Coastal Waves 5.4 Ray-Tracing on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 5.5 Coastal and Equatorial Kelvin Waves 5.6 Topographic and Rotational Rossby Waves and Potential Vorticity References 6 Reflections and Boundaries 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Reflection of Midlatitude Rossby Waves from a Zonal Boundary 6.3 Reflection of Equatorial Waves from a Western Boundary 6.4 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary 6.5 The Meridional Geostrophy/Long Wave Approximation and Boundaries 6.6 Quasi-normal Modes: Definition and Other Weakly Non-existent Phenomena 6.7 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Derivation 6.8 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Discussion 6.9 High Frequency Quasi-free Equatorial Oscillations 6.10 Scattering and Reflection from Islands References 7 Response of the Equatorial Ocean to Periodic Forcing 7.1 Introduction 7.2 A Hierarchy of Models for Time-Periodic Forcing 7.3 Description of the Model and the Problem 7.4 Numerical Models: Reflections and “Ringing” 7.5 Atlantic Versus Pacific 7.6 Summary References 8 Impulsive Forcing and Spin-Up 8.1 Introduction 8.2 The Reflection of the Switched-On Kelvin Wave 8.3 Spin-Up of a Zonally-Bounded Ocean: Overview 8.4 The Interior (Yoshida) Solution 8.5 Inertial-Gravity Waves 8.6 Western Boundary Response 8.7 Sverdrup Flow on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 8.8 Spin-Up: General Considerations 8.9 Equatorial Spin-Up: Details 8.10 Equatorial Spin-Up: Summary References 9 Yoshida Jet and Theories of the Undercurrent 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Wind-Driven Circulation in an Unbounded Ocean: f-Plane 9.3 The Yoshida Jet 9.4 An Interlude: Solving Inhomogeneous Differential Equations at Low Latitudes 9.4.1 Forced Eigenoperators: Hermite Series 9.4.2 Hutton–Euler Acceleration of Slowly Converging Hermite Series 9.4.3 Regularized Forcing 9.4.4 Bessel Function Explicit Solution for the Yoshida Jet 9.4.5 Rational Approximations: Two-Point Padé Approximants and Rational Chebyshev Galerkin Methods 9.5 Unstratified Models of the Undercurrent 9.5.1 Theory of Fofonoff and Montgomery (1955) 9.5.2 Model of Stommel (1960) 9.5.3 Gill (1971) and Hidaka (1961) References 10 Stratified Models of Mean Currents 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Modal Decompositions for Linear, Stratified Flow 10.3 Different Balances of Forces 10.3.1 Bjerknes Balance 10.4 Forced Baroclinic Flow in the “Bjerknes” Approximation 10.4.1 Other Balances 10.5 The Sensitivity of the Undercurrent to Parameters 10.6 Observations of Subsurface Countercurrents (Tsuchiya Jets) 10.7 Alternate Methods for Vertical Structure with Viscosity 10.8 McPhaden’s Model of the EUC and SSCC’s: Results 10.9 A Critique of Linear Models of the Continuously-Stratified, Wind-Driven Ocean References 11 Waves and Beams in the Continuously Stratified Ocean 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Equatorial Beams: A Theoretical Inevitability 11.1.2 Slinky Physics and Impedance Mismatch, or How Water Can Be as Reflective as Silvered Glass 11.1.3 Shallow Barriers to Downward Beams 11.1.4 Equatorial Methodology 11.2 Alternate Form of the Vertical Structure Equation 11.3 The Thermocline as a Mirror 11.4 The Mirror-Thermocline Concept: A Critique 11.5 The Zonal Wavenumber Condition for Strong Excitation of a Mode 11.6 Kelvin Beams: Background 11.7 Equatorial Kelvin Beams: Results References 12 Stable Linearized Waves in a Shear Flow 12.1 Introduction 12.2 UðyÞ: Pure Latitudinal Shear 12.3 Neutral Waves in Flow Varying with Both Latitude and Height: Numerical Studies 12.4 Vertical Shear and the Method of Multiple Scales References 13 Inertial Instability, Pancakes and Deep Internal Jets 13.1 Introduction: Stratospheric Pancakes and Equatorial Deep Jets 13.2 Particle Argument 13.2.1 Linear Inertial Instability 13.3 Centrifugal Instability: Rayleigh’s Parcel Argument 13.4 Equatorial Gamma-Plane Approximation 13.5 Dynamical Equator 13.6 Gamma-Plane Instability 13.7 Mixed Kelvin-Inertial Instability 13.8 Summary References 14 Kelvin Wave Instability: Critical Latitudes and Exponentially Small Effects 14.1 Proxies and the Optical Theorem 14.2 Six Ways to Calculate Kelvin Instability 14.2.1 Power Series for the Eigenvalue 14.2.2 Hermite-Padé Approximants 14.2.3 Numerical Methods 14.3 Instability for the Equatorial Kelvin Wave in the Small Wavenumber Limit 14.3.1 Beyond-All-Orders Rossby Wave Instability 14.3.2 Beyond-All-Orders Kelvin Wave Instability in Weak Shear in the Long Wave Approximation 14.4 Kelvin Instability in Shear: The General Case References 15 Nonmodal Instability 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Couette and Poiseuille Flow and Subcritical Bifurcation 15.3 The Fundamental Orr Solution 15.4 Interpretation: The “Venetian Blind Effect” 15.5 Refinements to the Orr Solution 15.6 The “Checkerboard” and Bessel Solution 15.6.1 The “Checkerboard” Solution 15.7 The Dandelion Strategy 15.8 Three-Dimensional Transients 15.9 ODE Models and Nonnormal Matrices 15.10 Nonmodal Instability in the Tropics 15.11 Summary References 16 Nonlinear Equatorial Waves 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Weakly Nonlinear Multiple Scale Perturbation Theory 16.2.1 Reduction from Three Space Dimensions to One 16.2.2 Three Dimensions and Baroclinic Modes 16.3 Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.4 Dispersion and Waves 16.4.1 Derivation of the Group Velocity Through the Method of Multiple Scales 16.5 Integrability, Chaos and the Inverse Scattering Method 16.6 Low Order Spectral Truncation (LOST) 16.7 Nonlinear Equatorial Kelvin Waves 16.7.1 Physics of the One-Dimensional Advection (ODA) Equation: ut + cux + buux = 0 16.7.2 Post-Breaking: Overturning, Taylor Shock or “Soliton Clusters”? 16.7.3 Viscous Regularization of Kelvin Fronts: Burgers’ Equation And Matched Asymptotic Perturbation Theory 16.8 Kelvin-Gravity Wave Shortwave Resonance: Curving Fronts and Undulations 16.9 Kelvin Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.10 Corner Waves and the Cnoidal-Corner-Breaking Scenario 16.11 Rossby Solitary Waves 16.12 Antisymmetr
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: 9783319664934 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides contributions from leading experts on the integration of novel sensing technologies to yield unprecedented observations of coupled biological, chemical, and physical processes in the ocean from the macro to micro scale. Authoritative entries from experts around the globe provide first-hand information for oceanographers and researchers looking for solutions to measurement problems.  Ocean observational techniques have seen rapid advances in the last few years and this book addresses the need for a single overview of present and future trends in near real time and real time. First the past, present and future scenarios of ocean observational tools and techniques are elucidated. Then this book divides into three modes of ocean observations: surface, upper ocean and deep ocean. This is followed by data quality and modelling. Collecting a summary of methods and applications, this book provides first-hand information for oceanographers and researchers looking for solutions to measurement problems. This book is also suitable for final year undergraduate students or beginning graduate students in ocean engineering, oceanography and various other engineering students (such as Mechanical, Civil, Electrical, and Bioengineering) who are interested in specializing their skills towards modern measurements of the ocean.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 323 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-319-66493-4 , 9783319664934
    ISSN: 2365-7677 , 2365-7685
    Series Statement: Springer oceanography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part 1. Introduction -- 1. Recent Trends in Ocean Observations -- Part 2. Surface Observations -- 2. Observing Surface Meteorology and Air-Sea Fluxes -- 3. Drifter Technology and Impacts for Sea Surface Temperature, Sea-Level Pressure and Ocean Circulation Studies -- 4. Origin, Tranformation and Measurement of Waves in Ocean -- Part 3. Subsurface Observations -- 5. Oceanographic Floats- Principles of Operation -- 6. . Measuring Ocean Turbulence -- 7. New Science and Novel Approaches Enabled by Autonomous Gliders -- 8. Advances in In-Situ Ocean Measurements -- Part 4. Remote Sensing -- 9. Ocean Remote Sensing: Concept to Realization for Physical Oceanographic Studies -- 10. Near Real-time Underwater Passive Acoustic Monitoring of Natural and Anthropogenic Sounds -- 11. Data Return Aspects of CODAR and WERA High Frequency Radars in Mapping Currents -- Part 5. Data (Data Management) -- 12. Sensor Performance and Data Quality Control -- 13. Near Real Time Data Recovery from Oceanographic Moorings -- 14. Managing Metocean In Situ Data in the WMO Framework -- Part 6. Societal Applilications -- 15. Applications of Ocean In-Situ Observations and its Societal Relevance --Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 9783319261942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book deals with the most striking landscapes and landforms of Italy. Attention is given to landform diversity and landscape evolution through time which has been controlled by very diverse geological conditions and dramatic climate changes that have characterized the Italian peninsula and islands since the end of the last glaciation. In addition, various examples of human impact on the landscape are presented. Landscapes and Landforms of Italy contains more than thirty case studies of a multitude of Italian geographical landmarks. The topics and sites described in this book range from the Alpine glaciers to the Etna and Vesuvius volcanoes, taking into account the most representative fluvial, coastal, gravity-induced, karst and structural landscapes of the country. Chapters on the geomorphological landmarks of the cities of Rome and Venice are also included. The book provides the readers with the opportunity to explore the variety of Italian landscapes and landforms through informative texts illustrated with several color maps and photos. This book will be relevant to scientists, scholars and any readers interested in geology, physical geography, geomorphology, landscape tourism, geoheritage and environmental protection
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 539 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319261942 , 978-3-319-26194-2
    ISSN: 2213-2104 , 2213-2090
    Series Statement: World geomorphological landscapes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction to the Landscapes and Landforms of Italy (Mauro Soldati) -- Part I: Physical Environment -- Chapter 2. The Great Diversity of Italian Landscapes and Landforms: Their Origin and Human Imprint (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 3. Outline of the Geology of Italy (Alfonso Bosellini) -- Chapter 4. The Climate of Italy (Simona Fratianni) -- Chapter 5. Morphological Regions of Italy (Paola Fredi) -- Part II: Landscapes and Landforms. Chapter 6. The Glaciers of the Valle d’Aosta and Piemonte Regions: Records of Present and Past Environmental and Climate Changes (Marco Giardino) -- Chapter 7. Landscapes of Northern Lombardy: From the Glacial Scenery of Upper Valtellina to the Prealpine Lacustrine Environment of Lake Como (Irene Bollati) -- Chapter 8. The Adamello-Presanella and Brenta Massifs, Central Alps: Contrasting High-mountain Landscapes and Landforms (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 9. Large Ancient Landslides in Trentino, Northeastern Alps, as Evidence of Post-glacial Dynamics (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 10. The Dolomite Landscape of the Alta Badia (Northeastern Alps): A Remarkable Record of Geological and Geomorphological History (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 11. The Vajont Valley (Eastern Alps): A Complex Landscape Deeply Marked by Landsliding (Alessandro Pasuto) -- Chapter 12. Karst Landforms in Friuli Venezia Giulia: From Alpine to Coastal Karst (Franco Cucchi) -- Chapter 13. The Tagliamento River: The Fluvial Landscape and Long-term Evolution of a Large Alpine Braided River (Nicola Surian).-Chapter 14. Lake Garda: An Outstanding Archive of Quaternary Geomorphological Evolution (Carlo Baroni) -- Chapter 15. Geomorphological Processes and Landscape Evolution of the Lagoon of Venice (Aldino Bondesan) -- Chapter16. The Po Delta Region: Depositional Evolution, Climate Change and Human Intervention Through the Last 5,000 Years (Marco Stefani) -- Chapter 17. Landscapes and Landforms Driven by Geological Structures in the Northwestern Apennines (Luisa Pellegrini) -- Chapter 18. Fingerprints of Large-scale Landslides in the Landscape of the Emilia Apennines (Giovanni Bertolini) -- Chapter 19. Mud Volcanoes in the Emilia-Romagna Apennines: Small Landforms of Outstanding Scenic and Scientific Value (Doriano Castaldini) -- Chapter 20. The Outstanding Terraced Landscape of the Cinque Terre Coastal Slopes (Eastern Liguria) (Pierluigi Brandolini) -- Chapter 21. Tuscany Hills and Valleys: Uplift, Exhumation, Valley Downcutting and Relict Landforms (Mauro Coltorti) -- Chapter 22. Landscapes and Landforms of the Duchy of Urbino in Italian Renaissance Paintings (Olivia Nesci) -- Chapter 23. Rocky Cliffs Joining Velvet Beaches: The Northern Marche Coast (Daniele Savelli) -- Chapter 24. The Typical Badlands Landscapes Between the Tyrrhenian Sea and the Tiber River (Maurizio Del Monte) -- 25. The Tuff Cities: A ‘Living Landscape’ at the Border of Volcanoes in Central Italy (Claudio Margottin) -- Chapter 26. A Route of Fire in Central Italy: The Latium Ancient Volcanoes (Paola Fredi) -- Chapter 27. Relief, Intermontane Basins and Civilization in the Umbria-Marche Apennines: Origin and Life by Geological Consent (Marta Della Seta) -- Chapter 28. The Terminillo, Gran Sasso and Majella Mountains: The ‘Old Guardians’ of the Tyrrhenian and Adriatic Seas (Tommaso Piacentini) -- Chapter 29. Aeternae Urbis Geomorphologia - Geomorphology of Rome, Aeterna Urbs (Maurizio Del Monte) -- Chapter 30. Granite Landscapes of Sardinia: Long-term Evolution of Scenic Landforms (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 31. The Coastal Dunes of Sardinia: Landscape Response to Climate and Sea Level Changes (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 32. The Terrestrial and Submarine Landscape of the Tremiti Archipelago, Adriatic Sea (Enrico Miccadei) -- Chapter 33. Vesuvius and Campi Flegrei: Volcanic History, Landforms and Impact on Settlements (Pietro P.C. Aucelli) -- Chapter 34. Sorrento Peninsula and Amalfi Coast: The Long-term History of an Enchanting Promontory (Aldo Cinque) -- Chapter 35. The Coastal Landscape of Cilento (Southern Italy): A challenge for Protection and Tourism Valorisation (Alessio Valente) -- Chapter 36. The Salento Peninsula (Apulia, Southern Italy): A Water-shaped Landscape Without Rivers (Giuseppe Mastronuzzi) -- Chapter 37. The Landscape of the Aspromonte Massif: A Geomorphological Open-air Laboratory (Gaetano Robustelli) -- Chapter 38. Volcanic Landforms and Landscapes of the Aeolian Islands (Southern Tyrrhenian Sea, Sicily): Implications for Hazard Evaluation (Federico Lucchi) -- Chapter 39. Geomorphology of the Capo San Vito Peninsula (NW Sicily): An Example of Tectonically and Climatically Controlled Landscape (Valerio Agnesi) -- Chapter 40. Landforms and Landscapes of Mount Etna (Sicily): Relationships Between a Volcano, its Environment and Human Activity (Stefano Branca) -- Chapter 41. Pantelleria Island (Strait of Sicily): Volcanic History and Geomorphological Landscape (Silvio G. Rotolo) -- Part III: Geoheritage -- Chapter 42. Geoheritage in Italy (Maria Cristina Giovagnoli) -- Chapter 43. Geomorphodiversity in Italy: Examples from the Dolomites, Northern Apennines and Vesuvius (Mario Panizza) -- Chapter 44. Goethe’s Italian Journey and the Geological Landscape (Paola Coratza) -- Chapter 45. Wine Landscapes of Italy (Vincenzo Amato) -- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: 9783319474298 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This compelling volume provides a broad and accessible overview on the rapidly developing field of social neuroscience. A major goal of the volume is to integrate research findings on the neural basis of social behavior across different levels of analysis from rodent studies on molecular neurobiology to behavioral neuroscience to fMRI imaging data on human social behavior.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 429 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319474298 , 978-3-319-47429-8
    ISSN: 1866-3389 , 1866-3370
    Series Statement: Current topics in behavioral neurosciences volume 30
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Social Behavior in Rodents Conspecific Interactions in Adult Laboratory Rodents: Friends or Foes? / Michael Lukas and Trynke R. de Jong Recognizing Others: Rodent’s Social Memories / Judith Camats Perna and Mario Engelmann Social Odors: Alarm Pheromones and Social Buffering / Yasushi Kiyokawa Acoustic Communication in Rats: Effects of Social Experiences on Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Socio-affective Signals / Markus Wöhr, K. Alexander Engelhardt, Dominik Seffer, A. Özge Sungur and Rainer K.W. Schwarting From Play to Aggression: High-Frequency 50-kHz Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Play and Appeasement Signals in Rats / Theresa M. Kisko, Markus Wöhr, Vivien C. Pellis and Sergio M. Pellis The Psycho-Neurology of Cross-Species Affective/Social Neuroscience: Understanding Animal Affective States as a Guide to Development of Novel Psychiatric Treatments / Jaak Panksepp Social Reward and Empathy as Proximal Contributions to Altruism: The Camaraderie Effect / Garet P. Lahvis A Social Reinforcement Learning Hypothesis of Mutual Reward Preferences in Rats / Julen Hernandez-Lallement, Marijn van Wingerden, Sandra Schäble and Tobias Kalenscher Part II Social Behavior in Humans A Plea for Cross-species Social Neuroscience / Christian Keysers and Valeria Gazzola Models, Mechanisms and Moderators Dissociating Empathy and Theory of Mind / Philipp Kanske, Anne Böckler and Tania Singer Reward: From Basic Reinforcers to Anticipation of Social Cues / Lena Rademacher, Martin Schulte-Rüther, Bernd Hanewald and Sarah Lammertz Human Cooperation and Its Underlying Mechanisms / Sabrina Strang and Soyoung Q. Park The Social Neuroscience of Interpersonal Emotions / Laura Müller-Pinzler, Sören Krach, Ulrike M. Krämer and Frieder M. Paulus Deconstructing Anger in the Human Brain Gadi Gilam and Talma Hendler On the Control of Social Approach–Avoidance Behavior: Neural and Endocrine Mechanisms / Reinoud Kaldewaij, Saskia B.J. Koch, Inge Volman, Ivan Toni and Karin Roelofs Mapping Social Interactions: The Science of Proxemics / Cade McCall Part III Clinical Implications Genetic Animal Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Jan C. Schroeder, Dominik Reim, Tobias M. Boeckers and Michael J. Schmeisser Treatment Approaches in Rodent Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Susanna Pietropaolo, Wim E. Crusio and Francesca R. D’amato Neuroimaging-Based Phenotyping of the Autism Spectrum / Boris C. Bernhardt, Adriana Di Martino, Sofie L. Valk and Gregory L. Wallace Current Practice and Future Avenues in Autism Therapy / L. Poustka and I. Kamp-Becker The Social Context Network Model in Psychiatric and Neurological Diseases / Sandra Baez, Adolfo M. García and Agustín Ibanez Social-Cognitive Deficits in Schizophrenia Daniela Mier and Peter Kirsch The Programming of the Social Brain by Stress During Childhood and Adolescence: From Rodents to Humans / Stamatina Tzanoulinou and Carmen Sandi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 978331956354 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents all Malacostracan crustaceans occurring in the Baltic Sea in water salinity from 2 to 15 psu. The Baltic sea is very special due to its low salinity and characteristic fauna. For each of the 58 species the systematic position, the origin and distribution in European waters are given, and the environmental preferences, the role in the food web and human economy described. The book describes the history of Baltic sea and the occurrence of crustaceans in its history against the terms of hydrological conditions, explaining why in the Baltic sea only part of all marine crustaceans occur. The book is richly illustrated with photographs and beautiful pictures of animals specifically prepared for this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 199 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karte
    ISBN: 9783319563541 , 978-3-319-56354-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Crustaceans in the History of the Baltic Sea 2 The Baltic Sea: A Living Environment 2.1 Salinity 2.2 Temperature 2.3 Stagnation 2.4 Oxygenation 2.5 Bottom Sediments 2.6 The Impact of Human Activities 3 The Szczecin Lagoon and Pomeranian Bay 4 The Gulf of Gdan´ sk and Vistula Lagoon 5 The Gulf of Riga 6 The Gulf of Finland 7 The Gulf of Bothnia 8 General Characteristics of Malacostraca 9 Species Accounts 9.1 Mysidacea 9.1.1 Mysis mixta 9.1.2 Mysis relicta 9.1.3 Neomysis integer 9.1.4 Hemimysis anomala 9.1.5 Praunus flexuosus 9.1.6 Praunus inermis 9.2 Cumacea 9.2.1 Diastylis rathkei 9.3 Tanaidacea 9.3.1 Heterotanais oerstedi 9.4 Isopoda 9.4.1 Saduria entomon 9.4.2 Idotea chelipes 9.4.3 Idotea balthica 9.4.4 Idotea granulosa 9.4.5 Jaera albifrons 9.4.6 Jaera ischiosetosa 9.4.7 Jaera syei 9.4.8 Jaera praehirsuta 9.4.9 Lekanesphaera hookeri 9.4.10 Lekanesphaera rugicauda 9.4.11 Eurydice pulchra 9.4.12 Cyathura carinata 9.4.13 Asellus aquaticus aquaticus 9.5 Amphipoda 9.5.1 Hyperia galba 9.5.2 Gammarus locusta 9.5.3 Gammarus duebeni 9.5.4 Gammarus zaddachi 9.5.5 Gammarus oceanicus 9.5.6 Gammarus inequicauda 9.5.7 Gammarus salinus 9.5.8 Gammarus tigrinus 9.5.9 Pontogammarus robustoides 9.5.10 Obesogammarus crassus 9.5.11 Dikerogammarus haemobaphes 9.5.12 Dikerogammarus villosus 9.5.13 Chaetogammarus ischnus 9.5.14 Chaetogammarus stoerensis 9.5.15 Calliopius laeviusculus 9.5.16 Melita palmata 9.5.17 Melita nitida 9.5.18 Monoporeia affinis 9.5.19 Pontoporeia femorata 9.5.20 Bathyporeia pilosa 9.5.21 Leptocheirus pilosus 9.5.22 Talitrus saltator 9.5.23 Talorchestia deshayesii 9.5.24 Orchestia cavimana 9.5.25 Platorchestia platensis 9.5.26 Corophium crassicorne 9.5.27 Corophium lacustre 9.5.28 Corophium volutator 9.5.29 Corophium multisetosum 9.5.30 Chelicorophium curvispinum 9.5.31 Dyopedos monacanthus 9.6 Decapoda 9.6.1 Crangon crangon 9.6.2 Palaemon adspersus 9.6.3 Palaemon elegans 9.6.4 Palaemon macrodactylus 9.6.5 Palaemonetes varians 9.6.6 Rhithropanopeus harrisii 9.6.7 Eriocheir sinensis 9.6.8 Carcinus maenas 9.6.9 Orconectes limosus 9.6.10 Pacifastacus leniusculus Further Reading 10 Non-native Crustaceans 11 Function and Importance of Crustaceans Glossary Literature
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9783319601878 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The purpose of this textbook is to enable a Neuroscientist to discuss the structure and functions of the brain at a level appropriate for students at many levels of study including undergraduate, graduate, dental or medical school level. It is truer in neurology than in any other system of medicine that a firm knowledge of basic science material, that is, the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the nervous system, enables one to readily arrive at the diagnosis of where the disease process is located and to apply their knowledge at solving problems in clinical situations. The authors have a long experience in teaching neuroscience courses at the first or second year level to medical and dental students and to residents in which clinical information and clinical problem solving are integral to the course.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 689 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9783319601878 , 978-3-319-60187-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1 Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1.1 The Neuron 1.2 The Nervous System 1.2.1 Peripheral Nervous System (Fig. 1.3) 1.2.2 Central Nervous System Bibliography 2 Neurocytology: Cells of the CNS 2.1 The Neuron 2.1.1 Dendrites 2.1.2 Soma 2.1.3 Golgi Type I and II Neurons 2.1.4 Dendritic Spines (Fig. 2.2) 2.1.5 Nucleus 2.1.6 Neuronal Cytoskeleton 2.1.7 Microtubules and Axoplasmic Flow 2.1.8 Neurofibrillary Tangles 2.2 Synapse 2.2.1 Synaptic Structure 2.2.2 Synaptic Types 2.2.3 Synaptic Transmission 2.2.4 Neurotransmitters (Table 2.3) 2.2.5 Modulators of Neurotransmission 2.2.6 Synaptic Vesicles (Fig. 2.16) (Table 2.4) 2.2.7 Effectors and Receptors 2.3 Supporting Cells of the Central Nervous System 2.3.1 Astrocytes (Figs. 2.6 and 2.14; Table 2.7) 2.3.2 Oligodendrocytes (Fig. 2.9) 2.3.3 Endothelial Cells 2.3.4 Mononuclear Cells: Monocytes and Microglia 2.3.5 Ependymal Cells (Fig. 2.20) 2.3.6 Supporting Cells in the Peripheral Nervous System 2.4 Response of the Nervous System to Injury 2.4.1 Degeneration 2.5 Regeneration 2.5.1 Peripheral Nerve Regeneration 2.5.2 Regeneration in the Central Nervous System 2.5.3 Neurogenesis in the Adult Brain Stem 2.5.4 Nerve Growth Factors (NGF) 2.5.5 Glial Response to Injury 2.6 Blood–Brain Barrier 2.6.1 Blood–Brain Barrier (Fig. 2.24) 2.6.2 Extracellular Space Specific References 3 Neuroembryology and Congenital Malformations 3.1 Formation of the Central Nervous System 3.2 Histogenesis 3.2.1 Repair of Damaged Nervous System 3.2.2 Growth Cone Guidance 3.2.3 Programmed Cell Death (PCD): Apoptosis 3.2.4 Neuronal Death 3.2.5 Development of Blood Vessels in the Brain 3.2.6 Ventricular System 3.2.7 Formation of Peripheral Nervous System 3.2.8 Spinal Cord Differentiation 3.3 Brain Differentiation 3.3.1 Rhombencephalon (Hindbrain) 〉 Pons, Medulla, and Cerebellum 3.3.2 Mesencephalon 〉 Adult Midbrain 3.3.3 Prosencephalon 〉 Cerebral Hemispheres and Diencephalon 3.3.4 Diencephalon 3.3.5 Cranial Nerves 3.3.6 Telencephalon 3.3.7 Primary Sulci 3.3.8 Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.4 Prenatal Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.5 Changes in the Cortical Architecture as a Function of Postnatal Age 3.6 Abnormal Development 3.6.1 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in Growth and Migration with Incomplete Development of the Brain 3.6.2 Genetically Linked Migration Disorders 3.6.3 Environmentally Induced Migration Disorder: Fetal Alcohol Syndrome 3.6.4 Malformations Resulting from Chromosomal Trisomy and Translocation 3.6.5 Malformations Resulting from Defective Fusion of Dorsal Structures 3.6.6 Malformations Characterized by Excessive Growth of Ectodermal and Mesodermal Tissue Affecting the Skin, Nervous System, and Other Tissues 3.6.7 Cutaneous Angiomatosis with Associated Malformations of the Central Nervous System 3.6.8 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in the Ventricular System Bibliography 4 Spinal Cord 4.1 Gross Anatomy 4.1.1 Spinal Cord: Structure and Function 4.1.2 Nerve Roots 4.1.3 Gray Matter 4.2 Interneurons 4.3 Central Pattern Generators 4.4 Segmental Function 4.4.1 Motor/Ventral Horn Cells 4.4.2 Sensory Receptors 4.4.3 Stretch Receptors 4.5 Nociception and Pain 4.5.1 Modulation of Pain Transmission 4.6 White Matter Tracts 4.6.1 Descending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.2 Ascending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.3 The Anterolateral Pathway 4.7 Upper and Lower Motor Neurons Lesions 4.7.1 Upper Motor Neuron Lesion (UMN) 4.7.2 Lower Motor Neuron Lesion 4.8 Illustrative Spinal Cord Case Histories 4.9 Illustrative Non-spinal Cord Cases with Involvement of Specific Peripheral Nerves: Case Histories 4.8–4.10 4.10 Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Bibliography 5 Brain Stem: Gross Anatomy 5.1 Gross Anatomical Divisions 5.1.1 Sites of Transition 5.2 Relationship of Regions in the Brain to the Ventricular System: Fig. 5.2 5.3 Gross Anatomy of Brain Stem and Diencephalon 5.3.1 Anterior Surface of Gross Brain Stem: Fig. 5.3 5.3.2 Posterior Surface of Brain Stem and Diencephalon: Fig. 5.4 5.4 Arterial Blood Supply to the Brain Stem and Diencephalon (Fig. 5.5) 5.4.1 Medulla 5.4.2 Pons 5.4.3 Midbrain 5.4.4 Diencephalon Bibliography 6 Brain Stem Functional Localization 6.1 Introduction to the Brain Stem 6.2 Differences Between the Spinal Cord and Brain Stem 6.3 Functional Localization in Brain Stem Coronal Sections and an Atlas of the Brain Stem 6.3.1 Medulla 6.3.2 Pons-Blood Supply: Basilar Artery and Its Branches 6.3.3 Midbrain Blood Supply: Basila Arrteraynd Posterio Crerebral Arteries 6.4 Midbrain Tectum 6.5 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6 Superior Colliculus 6.6.1 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6.2 Blood Supply: Posterior Cerebral Arteries 6.7 Superior Colliculus Tectum 6.8 Superior Colliculus Tegmentum 6.8.1 Superior ColliculusVentricular Zone 6.9 Functional Centers in the Brain Stem 6.9.1 Reticular Formation 6.9.2 Respiration Centers 6.9.3 Cardiovascular Centers 6.9.4 Deglutition 6.9.5 Vomiting 6.9.6 Emetic Center 6.9.7 Coughing 6.9.8 Taste 6.10 Localiozation of Dysfunction in the Cranial Nerves Associated with the Eye (Table 6.8) 6.11 Localization of Disease Processes in the Brain Stem 6.11.1 Exercise to Identify the Tracts and Nuclei in the Brain Stem (Figs. 6.10–6.14) Bibliography 7 The Cranial Nerves 7.1 How the Cranial Nerves Got Their Numbers 7.2 Functional Organization of Cranial Nerves 7.3 The Individual Cranial Nerves 7.3.1 Cranial Nerve I, Olfactory (Fig. 7.4), Special Sensory/Special Visceral Afferent 7.3.2 Cranial Nerve II, Optic (Fig. 7.5), Special Somatic Sensory 7.3.3 Cranial Nerve III, Oculomotor (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor (Somatic and Parasympathetic, Only III) 7.3.4 Cranial Nerve IV, Trochlear (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.5 Cranial Nerve VI, Abducens (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.6 Cranial Nerve V, Trigeminal (Fig. 7.7), Mixed Nerve (Sensory and Motor but No Parasympathetic) 7.3.7 Cranial Nerve VII, Facial (Fig. 7.8), Mixed Nerve (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic) 7.3.8 Cranial Nerve VIII, Vestibulocochlear (Fig. 7.9), Pure Special Somatic Sensory 7.4 Auditory Pathway 7.4.1 Cranial Nerve IX, Glossopharyngeal (Fig. 7.13), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic): Nerve to Third Pharyngeal Arch 7.4.2 Cranial Nerve X, Vagus (Fig. 7.14), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic), and Longest Cranial Nerve 7.4.3 Cranial Nerve XI, Spinal Accessory (Fig. 7.15), Pure Motor: Somatic and Visceral 7.4.4 Cranial Nerve XII, Hypoglossal (Fig. 7.16): Pure Motor Nerve 7.5 Cranial Nerve Dysfunction 7.6 Cranial Nerve Case Histories Bibliography 8 Diencephalon 8.1 Overview 8.2 Functional Organization of Thalamic Nuclei (Table 8.1) 8.2.1 Sensory and Motor Relay Nuclei: The Ventrobasal Complex and Lateral Nucleus 8.2.2 Limbic Nuclei: The Anterior, Medial, Lateral Dorsal, Midline, and Intralaminar Nuclei (Fig. 8.4) 8.2.3 Specific Associational: Polymodal/Somatic Nuclei, the Pulvinar Nuclei (Fig. 8.5) 8.2.4 Special Somatic Sensory Nuclei: Vision and Audition, the Lateral Geniculate and Medial Geniculate Nuclei of the Metathalamus (Fig. 8.5): The Special Somatic Sensory Cranial Nerves Are Cranial Nerves II and VIII 8.2.5 Nonspecific Associational 8.3 White Matter of the Diencephalon 8.4 Relationship Between the Thalamus and the Cerebral Cortex (Figs. 8.7 and 8.8) 8.5 Subthalamus (Fig. 8.3) 8.6 Thalamic Atlas Figs. 8.10, 8.11, and 8.12 8.7 Level: Midbrain, Diencephalic Junction (Fig. 8.10) 8.8 Level: Midthalamus (Fig. 8.11) 8.9 Level: Anterior Tubercle of Thalamus (Fig. 8.12) Bibliography 9 Hypothalamus, Neuroendocrine System, and Autonomic Nervous System 9.1 Hypothalamus 9.1.1 Hypothalamic Nuclei 9.1.2 Afferent Pathways 9.1.3 Efferent Pathways (Fig. 9.6) 9.1.4 Functional Stability 9.2 Neuroendocrine System, the Hypothalamus, and Its Relation to the Hypophysis 9.2.1 Hypophysis Cerebri 9.2.2 Hypothalamic–Hypophyseal Portal System 9.2.3 Hypophysiotrophic Area 9.2.4 Hormones Produced by Hypothalamus 9.2.5 Hormones Produced in Adenohypophysis (Fig. 9.12) 9.2.6 Case 9.1 9.2.7 Hypothalamus and the Autono
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 9783319650586 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited collection of works by leading climate scientists and philosophers introduces readers to issues in the foundations, evaluation, confirmation, and application of climate models. It engages with important topics directly affecting public policy, including the role of doubt, the use of satellite data, and the robustness of models. Climate Modelling provides an early and significant contribution to the burgeoning Philosophy of Climate Science field that will help to shape our understanding of these topics in both philosophy and the wider scientific context. It offers insight into the reasons we should believe what climate models say about the world but addresses the issues that inform how reliable and well-confirmed these models are. This book will be of interest to students of climate science, philosophy of science, and of particular relevance to policy makers who depend on the models that forecast future states of the climate and ocean in order to make public policy decisions.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxiii, 497 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319650586 , 978-3-319-65058-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Elisabeth A. Lloyd and Eric Winsberg Part I Confirmation and Evidence 2 The Scientific Consensus on Climate Change: How DoWe Know We’re Not Wrong? / Naomi Oreskes 3 Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 4 Fact Sheet for “Consistency of Modeled and ObservedTemperature Trends in the Tropical Troposphere” / Ben Santer, Peter Thorne, Leo Haimberger, Karl Taylor, Tom Wigley, John Lanzante, Susan Solomon, Melissa Free, Peter Gleckler, Phil Jones, Tom Karl, Steve Klein, Carl Mears, Doug Nychka, Gavin Schmidt, Steve Sherwood, and Frank Wentz 5 Consistency of Modeled and Observed TemperatureTrends in the Tropical Troposphere / B.D. Santer, P.W. Thorne, L. Haimberger, K.E. Taylor, T.M.L. Wigley, J.R. Lanzante, S.Solomon, M. Free, P.J. Gleckler, P.D. Jones, T.R. Karl, S.A. Klein, C. Mears, D. Nychka, G.A. Schmidt, S.C. Sherwood, and F.J. Wentz 6 The Role of “Complex” Empiricism in the Debates About Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 7 Reconciling Climate Model/Data Discrepancies: The Case of the ‘Trees That Didn’t Bark’ / Michael E. Mann 8 Downscaling of Climate Information / L.O. Mearns, M. Bukovsky, S.C. Pryor, and V. Magaña Part II Uncertainties and Robustness 9 The Significance of Robust Climate Projections / Wendy S. Parker 10 Building Trust, Removing Doubt? Robustness Analysis and Climate Modeling / Jay Odenbaugh Part III Climate Models as Guides to Policy 11 Climate Model Confirmation: From Philosophy to Predicting Climate in the Real World / Reto Knutti 12 Uncertainty in Climate Science and Climate Policy / Jonathan Rougier and Michel Crucifix 13 Communicating Uncertainty to Policymakers: The Ineliminable Role of Values / Eric Winsberg 14 Modeling Climate Policies: The Social Cost of Carbon and Uncertainties in Climate Predictions / Mathias Frisch 15 Modeling Mitigation and Adaptation Policies to Predict Their Effectiveness: The Limits of Randomized Controlled Trials / Alexandre Marcellesi and Nancy Cartwright Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 9783319578224 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents a collection of contributions that were published in "Pure and Applied Geophysics - pageoph" and which deals with the major earthquake that hit Illapel, Chile on September 16, 2015 with magnitude 8.3, and associated trans-oceanic tsunami. The subducting Nazca plate beneath the Andes caused this major earthquake, generating strong shaking, permanent deformation, free oscillations of the Earth, and tsunamis. This event occurred in the flat-angle subducting segment of the plate.The generated tsunami spread throughout the entire Pacific Ocean and was recorded by numerous coastal tide gauges and open-ocean DART stations. All articles give an up-to-date account of research in one of the most active seismic zones worldwide. An introductory article by Kenji Satake rounds this collection off.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 335 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: previously published in Pure and Applied Geophysics (PAGEOPH)
    ISBN: 9783319578224 , 978-3-319-57822-4
    ISSN: 2504-3625 , 2504-3633
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Review of Source Models of the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake and Insights from Tsunami Data / Kenji Satake and Mohammad Heidarzadeh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1450-5 Rapidly Estimated Seismic Source Parameters for the 16 September 2015 Illapel, Chile Mw 8 3 Earthquake / Lingling Ye, Thorne Lay, Hiroo Kanamori and Keith D. Koper, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1202-y Rupture Process During the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake: Zigzag-Along-Dip Rupture Episodes / Ryo Okuwaki, Yuji Yagi, Rafael Aránguiz, Juan González and Gabriel González, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1271-6 Imaging Rupture Process of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake Using the US Seismic Array / Bo Li and Abhijit Ghosh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1323-y Interseismic Coupling, Megathrust Earthquakes and Seismic Swarms Along the Chilean Subduction Zone (38°–18°S) / M. Métois, C. Vigny and A. Socquet, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1280-5 Low-Frequency Centroid Moment Tensor Inversion of the 2015 Illapel Earthquake from Superconducting-Gravimeter Data / Eliška Zábranová and Ctirad Matyska, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1252-9 Coseismic Fault Slip of the September 16, 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel, Chile Earthquake Estimated from InSAR Data / Yingfeng Zhang, Guohong Zhang, Eric A. Hetland, Xinjian Shan, Shaoyan Wen and Ronghu Zuo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1266-3 Analysis of the Illapel Mw = 8 3 Thrust Earthquake Rupture Zone Using GOCE-Derived Gradients / Orlando Álvarez, Agustina Pesce, Mario Gimenez, Andres Folguera, Santiago Soler and Wenjin Chen, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1376-y Chile2015: Lévy Flight and Long-Range Correlation Analysis of Earthquake Magnitudes in Chile / Maria P. Beccar-Varela, Hector Gonzalez-Huizar, Maria C. Mariani, Laura F. Serpa and Osei K. Tweneboah, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1334-8 Time-Based Network Analysis Before and After the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake 2015 Chile / Denisse Pastén, Felipe Torres, Benjamín Toledo, Víctor Muñoz, José Rogan and Juan Alejandro Valdivia, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1335-7 Chilean Earthquakes: Aquifer Responses at the Russian Platform / Alina Besedina, Evgeny Vinogradov, Ella Gorbunova and Igor Svintsov, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1256-5 Ionospheric Plasma Response to Mw 8 3 Chile Illapel Earthquake on September 16, 2015 / C. D. Reddy, Mahesh N. Shrivastava, Gopi K. Seemala, Gabriel González and Juan Carlos Baez, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1282-3 Remote Sensing of Atmospheric and Ionospheric Signals Prior to the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake, Chile 2015 / Mohammad Reza Mansouri Daneshvar and Friedemann T. Freund, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1366-0 Chile2015: Induced Magnetic Fields on the Z Component by Tsunami Wave Propagation / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat and M. T. A. H. Muella, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1279-y First Report on Seismogenic Magnetic Disturbances over Brazilian Sector / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat, M. T. A. H. Muella and P. R. Fagundes, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1455-0 The 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami from the Post-Tsunami Survey and Numerical Modeling Perspectives / Rafael Aránguiz, Gabriel González, Juan González, Patricio A. Catalán, Rodrigo Cienfuegos, Yuji Yagi, Ryo Okuwaki, Luisa Urra, Karla Contreras, Ian Del Rio and Camilo Rojas, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1225-4 Field Survey of the 2015 Chile Tsunami with Emphasis on Coastal Wetland and Conservation Areas / Manuel Contreras-López, Patricio Winckler, Ignacio Sepúlveda, Adolfo Andaur-Álvarez, Fernanda Cortés-Molina, Camila J. Guerrero, Cyntia E. Mizobe, Felipe Igualt, Wolfgang Breuer, José F. Beyá, Hernán Vergara and Rodrigo Figueroa-Sterquel, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1235-2 A Study of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake and Tsunami: Numerical and Analytical Approaches / Mauricio Fuentes, Sebastián Riquelme, Gavin Hayes, Miguel Medina, Diego Melgar, Gabriel Vargas, José González and Angelo Villalobos, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1305-0 Real-Time Assessment of the 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami and Implications for Near-Field Forecast / Liujuan Tang, Vasily V. Titov, Christopher Moore and Yong Wei, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1226-3 . Comparison Between Tsunami Signals Generated by Different Source Models and the Observed Data of the Illapel 2015 Earthquake / Ignacia Calisto, Matthew Miller and Iván Constanzo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1253-8 Tsunami Characteristics Along the Peru–Chile Trench: Analysis of the 2015 Mw8 3 Illapel, the 2014 Mw8 2 Iquique and the 2010 Mw8 8 Maule Tsunamis in the Near-field / R. Omira, M. A. Baptista and F. Lisboa, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1277-0 Tsunami Penetration in Tidal Rivers, with Observations of the Chile 2015 Tsunami in Rivers in Japan / Elena Tolkova, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1229-0
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: 9783319713892 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the practice of sustainability through a diverse range of case studies spanning across varied fields and areas of expertise. It provides a clear indication as to the contemporary state of sustainability in a time faced by issues such as global climate change, challenges of environmental justice, economic globalization and environmental contamination. The Palgrave Handbook of Sustainability explores three broad themes: Environmental Sustainability, Social Sustainability and Economic Sustainability. The authors critically explore these themes and provide insight into their linkages with one another to demonstrate the substantial efforts currently underway to address the sustainability of our planet. This handbook is an important contribution to the best practises on sustainability, drawn from many different examples across the fields of engineering, geology, anthropology, sociology, biology, chemistry and religion.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliv, 871 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319713892 , 978-3-319-71389-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Sustainability Definitions, Historical Context, and Frameworks / Sandra J. Garren and Robert Brinkmann Part I Environment 2 Sustainability and Natural Landscape Stewardship: A US Conservation Case Study / Johanna Kovarik 3 Policy Design for Sustainability at Multiple Scales: The Case of Transboundary Haze Pollution in Southeast Asia / Ishani Mukherjee 4 Sustainable Water Resources Management: Groundwater Depletion / Brian F. Thomas and Aimee C. Gibbons 5 America’s Path to Drinking Water Infrastructure Inequality and Environmental Injustice: The Case of Flint, Michigan / Adrienne L. Katner, Kelsey Pieper, Yanna Lambrinidou, Komal Brown, Wilma Subra, and Marc Edwards 6 Sustainable Renewable Energy: The Case of Burlington, Vermont / Sandra J. Garren 7 Greenhouse Gas Management: A Case Study of a Typical American City / Rachel M. Krause and J. C. Martel 8 Air Pollution and Greenhouse Gas Emissions in China: An Unsustainable Situation in Search of a Solution / Haakon Vennemo and Kristin Aunan 9 Waste Management Outlook for the Middle East / Salman Zafar 10 The Sustainability of Vicuña Conservation in Bolivia / Melissa Grigione, Lisa F. Daugherty, Rurik List, Jonathan Rushton, and Ronald Sarno 11 The Efficacy of Small Closures: A Tale of Two Marine Protected Areas in Canada / Ryan Stanley, Corey Morris, Paul Snelgrove, Anna Metaxas, and Pierre Pepin Part II Equity 12 Urban Social Sustainability: The Case Study of Nottingham, UK / Jenni Cauvain 13 Methods for Integrated Sustainability Assessment: The Case of Small Holder Farming in Karnataka, South India / Sheetal Patil and Seema Purushothaman 14 Japanese Women and Antinuclear Activism After the Fukushima Accident / Heidi Hutner 15 Emerging Social Movements for Sustainability: Understanding and Scaling Up Upcycling in the UK / Kyungeun Sung, Tim Cooper, and Sarah Kettley 16 Urban Vulnerability of Waste Workers in Nigerian Cities: The Case of Aba, Nigeria / Thaddeus Chidi Nzeadibe and Friday Uchenna Ochege 17 Designing Personal Sustainability into Organizational Culture: The Case of Burning Man / Morgan C. Benton and Nicole M. Radziwill 18 Political Leadership and Sustainability in Africa: Margaret Kenyatta / Jo-Ansie van Wyk 19 Environmental Law / Yumiko Nakanishi 20 Brownfield Redevelopment: Recycling the Urban Environment / Elizabeth Strom 21 Methodology for Selection of Sustainability Criteria: A Case of Social Housing in Peru / Daniel R. Rondinel-Oviedo and Christopher Schreier-Barreto 22 Treehugger Organic Farm: Visions for Small-Scale, Sustainable Agriculture in Broward, Florida / Thelma I. Velez Part III Economy 23 Economic Development and Sustainability: A Case Study from Long Island, New York / Robert Brinkmann 24 Sustainable Business / Deborah Rigling Gallagher 25 Contributing to Competitiveness in Retailing by Engaging in Sustainability: The Case of Migros / Thomas Rudolph, Kristina Kleinlercher, Marc Linzmajer, and Cornelia Diethelm 26 Environmental Purchasing in the City of Phoenix / Nicole Darnall, Lily Hsueh, Justin M.Stritch, and Stuart Bretchneider 27 The Dual Promise of Green Jobs: Sustainability and Economic Equity / Ellen Scully-Russ 28 Is Ecotourism Sustainable? A Case Study from Sri Lanka / Rathnayake Mudiyanselage Wasantha Rathnayake 29 Green Building and Sustainability: Diffusing Green Building Approaches in the UK and Germany / Kirstie O’Neill and David Gibbs 30 Green Universities: The Example of Western Kentucky University / Leslie A. North and Christian N. Ryan 31 Events, Festivals, and Sustainability: The Woodford Folk Festival, Australia / Kirsten Holmes and Judith Mair 32 We’d Like Our Clothes Back Please! Partnering with Consumers to Achieve Sustainability Goals / Diane M. Phillips and Jason Keith Phillips 33 Green IT: Hofstra University’s Information Technology Upgrades Created Unplanned Sustainable “Green Benefits” by Increasing Efficiency and Reducing Costs / Margaret Linehan and Catherine Fisher Part IV Regional and Local Examples 34 Sustainability in North America: The Canadian Experience / Mark Roseland and Maria Spiliotopoulou 35 African Sustainability and Global Governance / Timothy M. Shaw 36 Urban Sustainability in India: Evolution, Challenges and Opportunities / Shrimoyee Bhattacharya 37 Sustainability in Africa: The Service Delivery Issues of Zimbabwe / Innocent Chirisa, Liaison Mukarwi, and Abraham R. Matamanda 38 Sustainable Transportation in Mexico / Nora Munguia and Velazquez Luis 39 Sustainability in Small States: Luxembourg as a Post-suburban Space Under Growth Pressure in Need of a Cross-National Sustainability / Constance Carr 40 Florida’s Growth Management Experience: From Top-Down Direction to Laissez Faire Land Use / Aaron Deslatte 41 Planning for City Sustainability: GreenWorks Orlando Case Study / Christopher V. Hawkins 42 ZukunftGestalten@MUAS: Designing the Future at Munich University of Applied Science / Sascha Zinn and Ralf Isenmann 43 Sustainable Transportation Planning in the BosWash Corridor / Michelle R. Oswald Beiler 44 State-Sponsored Sustainability Within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi / Charles A. Matz III Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: 9783709118832 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxx, 765 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783709118832 , 978-3-7091-1883-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Cardiac Development and Animal Models of Congenital Heart Defects / Robert G. Kelly 2 Normal Cardiac Anatomy and Clinical Evaluation / David J. Driscoll Part II Development of the Heart and Its Vessels 3 First and Second Heart Field / Margaret Buckingham 4 Neural Crest / Bijoy Thattaliyath and Mary Hutson 5 Inflow Tract Development / Andy Wessels 6 Epicardium and Coronary Arteries / José C. Martín-Robles and José M. Pérez-Pomares 7 Establishment of Cardiac Laterality / George C. Gabriel and Cecilia W. Lo 8 Cardiac Conduction System / Rajiv Mohan and Vincent M. Christoffels 9 Hemodynamics During Development and Postnatal Life / David Sedmera 10 Evolutionary Aspects of Cardiac Development / Bjarke Jensen and Antoon F.M. Moorman Part III Central Molecular Pathways 11 Inter- and Intracellular Signaling Pathways / Jörg Heineke 12 Cardiac Transcription Factors and Regulatory Networks / Marcel Grunert, Cornelia Dorn, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 13 Post-transcriptional Regulation by Proteins and Non-coding RNAs / Amelia E. Aranega and Diego Franco 14 Post-translational Modification / Jun Wang and Robert J. Schwartz 15 Epigenetics / Rajan Jain, Mudit Gupta, and Jonathan A. Epstein 16 Environmental Signals / George A. Porter Jr. 17 The Contractile Apparatus of the Heart / Ingo Morano 18 Technologies to Study Genetics and Molecular Pathways / Cornelia Dorn, Marcel Grunert, Ana Dopazo, Fátima Sánchez-Cabo, Alberto Gatto, Jésus Vázquez, Silke Rickert-Sperling, and Enrique Lara-Pezzi Part IV Atrial Septal Defect 19 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrial Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 20 Human Genetics of Atrial Septal Defect / Rabia Khan and Patrick Y. Jay 21 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrial Septal Defect / Patrick Y. Jay, Karl R. Degenhardt, and Robert H. Anderson Part V Ventricular Septal Defect 22 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 23 Human Genetics of Ventricular Septal Defect / Katherina Bellmann, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 24 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ventricular Septal Defect / Lucile Houyel Part VI Atrioventricular Septal Defect 25 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 26 Human Genetics of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Cheryl L. Maslen 27 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Andy Wessels Part VII Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return 28 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / David J. Driscoll 29 Human Genetics of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, Marco C. DeRuiter, and Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot 30 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, and Marco C. DeRuiter Part VIII Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle 31 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / David J. Driscoll 32 Human Genetics of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Cornelia Dorn, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 33 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Robert G. Kelly Part IX d-Transposition of the Great Arteries 34 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / David J. Driscoll 35 Human Genetics of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Patrice Bouvagnet and Anne Moreau de Bellaing 36 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part X Defects of Situs 37 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Defects of Situs / David J. Driscoll 38 Human Genetics of Defects of Situs / Andreas Perrot and Silke Rickert-Sperling 39 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Defects of Situs / Nikolai T. Klena, George C. Gabriel, and Cecilia W. Lo Part XI Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies 40 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 41 Human Genetics of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Matina Prapa and Siew Yen Ho 42 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XII Coronary Artery Anomalies 43 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Coronary Artery Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 44 Human Genetics of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Beatriz Picazo and José M. Pérez-Pomares 45 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Juan A. Guadix and José M. Pérez-Pomares Part XIII Truncus Arteriosus 46 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Truncus Arteriosus / David J. Driscoll 47 Human Genetics of Truncus Arteriosus / Hiroyuki Yamagishi 48 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Truncus Arteriosus / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XIV Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart 49 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / David J. Driscoll 50 Human Genetics of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Abdul-Karim Sleiman, Liane Sadder, and George Nemer 51 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Kamel Shibbani and George Nemer Part XV Ebstein Anomaly 52 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ebstein Anomaly / David J. Driscoll 53 Human Genetics of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger 54 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVI Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome 55 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / David J. Driscoll 56 Human Genetics of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Woodrow D. Benson 57 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Florian Wünnemann and Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVII Cardiomyopathies 58 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Cardiomyopathies / David J. Driscoll 59 Human Genetics of Cardiomyopathies / Alexa M.C. Vermeer, Arthur A.M. Wilde, and Imke Christiaans 60 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Cardiomyopathies / Enkhsaikhan Purevjav
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: 9783319774015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to 250 years of collecting, organizing and preserving paleontological specimens by generations of scientists. Paleontological collections are a huge resource for modern research and should be available for national and international scientists and institutions, as well as prospective public and private customers. These collections are an important part of the scientific enterprise, supporting research, public education, and the documentation of past biodiversity. Much of what we are beginning to understand about our world, we owe to the collection, preservation, and ongoing study of natural specimens. Properly preserved collections of fossil marine or terrestrial plants and animals are archives of Earth's history and vital to our ability to learn about our place in its future. The approach employed by the editors involves not only an introduction to the paleontological collections in general, but also information on the international and national collection networks. Particular attention is given to new exhibition concepts and approaches of sorting, preserving and researching in paleontological collections and also their neglect and/or threat. In addition, the book provides information on all big public museums, on important state museums and regional Museums, and also on university collections. This is a highly informative and carefully presented book, providing scientific insight for readers with an interest in fossil record, biodiversity, taxonomy, or evolution, as well as natural history collections at large.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 573 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319774015 , 978-3-319-77401-5
    ISSN: 2510-1862 , 2510-1870
    Series Statement: Natural history collections
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Research and Open Questions—A Modern Concept Behind Berlins T.rex Presentation of Tristan Otto / Uwe Moldrzyk and Linda Gallé 2 Scientific Methods of Geological and Paleontological Collections and Trends in Paleontological Investigation and Research / Cathrin Hühne 3 BAMBERG: The Paleontological Collection at the Museum of Natural History in Bamberg (NKMB) / Matthias Mäuser 4 BASEL: The Natural History Museum Basel (NMB) / Walter Etter, Michael Knappertsbusch, and Loïc Costeur 5 BERLIN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Museum für Naturkunde Berlin / Christian Neumann, Stephan Schultka, and Florian Witzmann 6 BERN: The Natural History Museum — An Institution of the Burgergemeinde of Bern / Ursula Menkveld-Gfeller 7 BIELEFELD: Not Worth Mentioning? Paleontological Collections of Small Museums: The Example of Bielefeld (North Rhine Westphalia, Germany) / Mark Keiter and Sven Sachs 8 BILZINGSLEBEN: The Bilzingsleben Collection / Clemens Pasda 9 The Paleontological Collection of the State Museum of Natural History (SNHM) in Braunschweig, Germany / Ralf Kosma 10 BREMEN: The Paleontological Research Collection of the Geosciences Collection of the University of Bremen / Jens Lehmann 11 CHEMNITZ: Back to the Roots of Palaeobotany—Chemnitz and its Palaeontological Collection / Ronny Rößler and Thorid Zierold 12 COBURG: Naturkunde-Museum Coburg—Paleontological Collections / Eckhard Mönnig 13 COTTBUS: Museum of Natural History and Environment in Cottbus / Rolf Striegler and Ursula Striegler 14 DARMSTADT: The Paleontological Collections of Hessisches Landesmuseum Darmstadt / Gabriele Gruber, Oliver Sandrock, and Torsten Wappler 15 DESSAU-ROSSLAU: Museum of Natural History and Prehistory—Paleontological Collection / Angelika Hesse 16 DORTMUND: Museum für Naturkunde der Stadt Dortmund / Jan-Michael Ilger and Oliver Adrian 17 DOTTERNHAUSEN: The Jurassic World of the Swabian Alb Region (South Germany): The Fossil Collection of the Werkforum and Fossil Museum of Dotternhausen / Annette Schmid-Röhl 18 EICHSTÄTT: The Jura-Museum Eichstätt / Martina Kölbl-Ebert 19 ERLANGEN: The Erlangen Paleobiology Collections / Wolfgang Kiessling, Michael Heinze, and Cristina Krause 20 ESSEN: Ruhr Museum—Geological Collection / Ulrike Stottrop, Udo Scheer, and Esther Guderley 21 FRANKFURT/DRESDEN/GÖRLITZ: Palaeontological collections of the Senckenberg Gesellschaft für Naturforschung / Dieter Uhl, Lutz Kunzmann, Christine Hertler, Ralf-Dietrich Kahlke, John-Albrecht Keiler, Peter Königshof, Ottmar Kullmer, Stephan Schaal, Krister Smith, Mónica M. Sólorzano Kraemer, Martina Stebich, Olaf Tietz, and Markus Wilmsen 22 FRICK: Late Triassic Basal Sauropodomorph and Theropod Dinosaurs at the Sauriermuseum Frick, Switzerland / Andrea B. Oettl-Rieser and Marion Zahner 23 GOTHA: Museum der Natur, Stiftung Schloss Friedenstein Gotha / Oliver Wings and Carsten Eckert 24 GÖTTINGEN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Geoscience Museum at the Georg-August University in Göttingen / Alexander Gehler, Mike Reich, and Joachim Reitner 25 HALLE: The Geiseltal Collection of Martin Luther University, Halle-Wittenberg / Frank D. Steinheimer and Alexander K. Hastings 26 HALLE: The Palaeontological Collection of the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg in Halle (Saale) / Norbert Hauschke 27 HAMBURG: Palaeontological Collections of the Center of Natural History, Universität Hamburg / Ulrich Kotthoff and Jochen Schlüter 28 HANNOVER/BERLIN: The Geoscientific Collections of the Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources and the State Authority for Mining, Energy and Geology in Hannover and Berlin / Angela Ehling and Carmen Heunisch 29 HANNOVER: Niedersächsisches Landesmuseum Hannover—Lower Saxony State Museum Hannover / Annette Richter and Annina Böhme 30 HILDESHEIM: Roemer- and Pelizaeus-Museum / Jürgen Vespermann 31 HOLZMADEN: Prehistoric Museum Hauff—A Fossil Museum Since 4 Generations—(Urweltmuseum Hauff) / Rolf Bernhard Hauff and Ulrich Joger 32 INGELFINGEN: Muschelkalkmuseum Hagdorn Stadt Ingelfingen / Hans Hagdorn 33 JENA: The Palaeontological Collections at the Phyletisches Museum in Jena / Dietrich von Knorre and Rolf G. Beutel 34 MAUER: The Locality of Mauer and its Virtual Collection of Middle Pleistocene Mammal Fossils / H. Dieter Schreiber, Kristina Eck, and Volker Liebig 35 KÖLN: Geological Collections of the University of Cologne (GCC) (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Institute of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Cologne) / Michael R. W. Amler and Hans-Georg Herbig 36 KREFELD: Palaeobotanical and Palynological Collection at the Geological Survey North Rhine-Westphalia / Christoph Hartkopf-Fröder 37 LINZ: The Paleontological Collection of the Upper Austrian State Museum, Linz / Björn Berning 38 LÜBECK: Museum of Nature and Environment, Paleontological Collections / Susanne Füting 39 MAINZ: Paleontological Collections of the University of Mainz (Geoscientific Collections) / Kirsten I. Grimm and Bernd R. Schöne 40 MAINZ: Palaeontological Collections of the Landesamt für Geologie Und Bergbau Rheinland-Pfalz (Rhineland-Palatinate, Germany) / Jürgen Gad, Winfried Kuhn, and Peter Schäfer 41 The Reiss-Engelhorn-Museen / Doris Döppes and Wilfried Rosendahl 42 MARBURG: GeoArchive Marburg (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Former Faculty of Geosciences, Philipps University of Marburg) / Michael R. W. Amler, Günter Kauffmann, and Dieter Uhl 43 MÜNCHEN: The Fossil Collections of the Bavarian State Collections at Munich / Mike Reich and Gert Wörheide 44 MÜNSTER: Geomuseum of the WWU / Markus Bertling 45 NIERSTEIN: Paläontologisches Museum Nierstein / Lutz Kaecke 46 SCHIFFWEILER (Landsweiler-Reden): Center for Biological Documentation (Zentrum für Biodokumention—ZfBS) / Edgar Müller 47 SCHLEUSINGEN: Naturhistorisches Museum Schloss Bertholdsburg Schleusingen (Thuringia, Germany)—Home of Permian and Triassic Fossils / Ralf Werneburg 48 SIEGSDORF: The Siegsdorf Natural History and Mammoth Museum / Robert Darga 49 ST. GALLEN: Naturmuseum St. Gallen / Toni Bürgin 50 Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart (SMNS) / Rainer Schoch and Johanna Kovar-Eder 51 THALLICHTENBERG: POLLICHIA Geoscience Collections at the Urweltmuseum GEOSKOP, Thallichtenberg (Germany) / Sebastian Voigt and Jan Fischer 52 TÜBINGEN: The Palaeontologial Collection of Tübingen / Ingmar Werneburg and Madelaine Böhme 53 WIEN: “To the Realm of Nature and its Exploration”: The Paleontological Collections of the Natural History Museum Vienna / Mathias Harzhauser and Andreas Kroh 54 WIESBADEN: Museum Wiesbaden, Natural History Collections / Fritz Geller-Grimm 55 ZURICH: The Geological-Palaeontological Collection at ETH Zurich / Andreas D. Mueller, Rodney Eastwood, and Stefan Ungricht 56 ZURICH: Palaeontological Museum of the University of Zurich / Christian Klug and Beat Scheffold 57 State Museum of Natural History Karlsruhe: Institute of Life and Earth Sciences / Eberhard Frey and H. Dieter Schreiber Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 9783319674742 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited volume sheds new light on the impact of rapid Land Use/Cover Changes (LU/CC) on greenhouse gases (GHG’s) and aerosol emissions in South and Southeast Asia. Several countries in South/Southeast Asia have the highest population growth rates in the world, which is the main cause for LU/CC. Conversion of dense forests to agricultural areas and then to residential and urban areas is most commonly observed in South/Southeast Asian countries with a significant release of GHG’s and aerosols. The book showcases several case studies on the use of remote sensing and geospatial technologies to quantify biomass burning and air pollution impacts, aerosol pollution, LU/CC, and impacts on ecosystem services. The book also includes articles on regional initiatives in research, capacity building, and training. The authors of this book are international experts in the field, and their contributions highlight significant drivers and impacts of air pollution in South/Southeast Asia. Readers will discover the latest tools and techniques, in particular, the use of satellite remote sensing and geospatial technologies for quantifying GHG’s, aerosols and pollution episodes in this region
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 725 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319674742 , 978-3-319-67474-2
    ISSN: 2198-0721 , 2198-073X
    Series Statement: Springer Remote Sensing / Photogrammetry
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Regional Initiatives 1 South/Southeast Asia Research Initiative (SARI): A Response to Regional Needs in Land Cover/Land Use Change Science and Education / Krishna Prasad Vadrevu 2 SERVIR: Connecting Earth Observation Satellite Data to Local Science Applications / Africa Flores, Dauna S. Coulter, Ashutosh S. Limaye, and Daniel Irwin Part II Biomass Burning, Air Pollution and Impacts 3 Emission of Toxic Air Pollutants and Greenhouse Gases from Crop Residue Open Burning in Southeast Asia / Nguyen Thi Kim Oanh, Didin Agustian Permadi, Nguyen Phan Dong, and Dang Anh Nguyet 4 Impacts of Biomass Burning Emissions on Tropospheric NO2 Vertical Column Density over Continental Southeast Asia / Syuichi Itahashi, Itsushi Uno, Hitoshi Irie, Jun-Ichi Kurokawa, and Toshimasa Ohara 5 Observations of Asian Dust and Agricultural Fire Smoke Episodes: Transport and Impacts on Regional Air Quality in Southeast China / Yonghua Wu, Yong Han, and Tijian Wang 6 Spatio-Temporal Analysis of Land and Forest Fires in Indonesia Using MODIS Active Fire Dataset / Israr Albar, I. Nengah Surati Jaya, Bambang Hero Saharjo, Budi Kuncahyo, and Krishna Prasad Vadrevu 7 Severe Air Pollution Due to Peat Fires During 2015 Super El Niño in Central Kalimantan, Indonesia / Hiroshi Hayasaka and Alpon Sepriando 8 Forest and Land Fires in Riau Province: A Case Study in Fire Prevention Policy Implementation with Local Concession Holders / Bambang Hero Saharjo and Alex Yungan 9 Biomass Burning Emissions Variation from Satellite-Derived Land Cover, Burned Area, and Emission Factors in Vietnam / Kristofer Lasko and Krishna Prasad Vadrevu 10 Enhancement of Fire Early Warning System in Vietnam Using Spatial Data and Assimilation / Ba Tung Nguyen, Khac Phong Do, Nguyen Le Tran, Quang Hung Bui, Thi Nhat Thanh Nguyen, Van Quynh Vuong, and Thanh Ha Le 11 Greenhouse Gas Budget of Terrestrial Ecosystems in Monsoon Asia: A Process-Based Model Study for the Period 1901–2014 / Akihiko Ito and Motoko Inatomi 12 Simulations of Emissions, Air Quality, and Climate Contribution in Southeast Asia for March and December / Teerachai Amnuaylojaroen, Mary C. Barth, Gabriele Pfister, and Cindy Bruyere 13 Study of Lower Tropospheric Ozone over Central and Eastern China: Comparison of Satellite Observation with Model Simulation / Sachiko Hayashida, Satoko Kayaba, Makoto Deushi, Kazuyo Yamaji, Akiko Ono, Mizuo Kajino, Tsuyoshi Thomas Sekiyama, Takashi Maki, and Xiong Liu 14 Multi-scale Simulations of Atmospheric Pollutants Using a Non-hydrostatic Icosahedral Atmospheric Model / Daisuke Goto, Teruyuki Nakajima, Dai Tie, Hisashi Yashiro, Yousuke Sato, Kentaroh Suzuki, Junya Uchida, Shota Misawa, Ryoma Yonemoto, Tran Thi Ngoc Trieu, Hirofumi Tomita, and Masaki Satoh 15 Project MANTRA: Multi-platform ANalysis of TRace Gases and Aerosols with a Focus on Atmospheric CO2 Measurements for Southeast Asia / Ronald C. Macatangay 16 Dry Deposition of Reactive Nitrogen Species in Tropics / Reema Tiwari and Umesh Kulshrestha Part III Aerosol Pollution 17 Aerosols and Climate Change: Present Understanding, Challenges, and Future Outlook / S. Ramachandran 18 Organic Aerosols in South and East Asia: Composition and Sources / Chandra Mouli Pavuluri and Kimitaka Kawamura 19 Shortwave Radiation, Climate Change, and Anthropogenic Aerosols in China / Tadahiro Hayasaka 20 Conceptualizing How Severe Haze Events Are Impacting Long-Term Satellite-Based Trend Studies of Aerosol Optical Thickness over Asia / Zhao Yang Zhang, Man Sing Wong, and James R. Campbell 21 Aerosol Properties over Kuching, Sarawak from Satellite and Ground- Based Measurements / Arnis Asmat, Khairunnisa Abdul Jalal, and Siti Noratiqah Mohd Deros 22 Investigating the Aerosol Type and Spatial Distribution During Winter Fog Conditions over Indo-Gangetic Plains / Muhammad Fahim Khokhar and Naila Yasmin 23 Satellite Aerosol Optical Depth over Vietnam - An Analysis from VIIRS and CALIOP Aerosol Products / Vinh T. Tran, Ha V. Pham, Thanh T. N. Nguyen, Thanh X. Pham, Quang Hung Bui, Anh X. Nguyen, and Thuy T. Nguyen 24 Satellite Remote Sensing of Aerosols and Gaseous Pollution over Pakistan / Salman Tariq and Zia Ul-Haq Part IV Land Use/Cover Change and Impacts 25 The Impact of Land Cover and Land Use Change on the Indian Monsoon Region Hydroclimate / Dev Niyogi, Subashini Subramanian, U. C. Mohanty, C. M. Kishtawal, Subimal Ghosh, U. S. Nair, M. Ek, and M. Rajeevan 26 Decadal Land-Cover Changes in China and Their Impacts on the Atmospheric Environment / Mengmeng Li and Yu Song 27 Analyzing the Influence of Urban Growth on Thermal Environment Through Demographic, Environmental, and Physical Parameters in Bangladesh / Yogesh Kant, Saiful Azim, and Debashis Mitra 28 Ecosystem Carbon Stock, Atmosphere, and Food Security in Slash-and-Burn Land Use: A Geospatial Study in Mountainous Region of Laos / Yoshio Inoue 29 Spatial Modeling of Land Cover/Land Use Change and Its Effects on Hydrology Within the Lower Mekong Basin / Kel N. Markert, Robert E. Griffin, Ashutosh S. Limaye, and Richard T. McNider 30 Land–Atmosphere Interactions in South Asia: A Regional Earth Systems Perspective / Venkataramana Sridhar and Prasanth Valayamkunnath Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: 9789811088544 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the sixth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2017). The Meeting included plenary lectures, specialized symposia, and posters presentations. The main topics of the meeting addressed the general substrates underlying neural functions and the neural dynamics in sensory, motor, and cognitive systems. Other important neuroscience fields covered in the meeting were learning and memory processes and the functionally-related changes in synaptic strength, neural oscillations, synchronizations and coherence activities between different neural circuits, and the imaging of cognitive networks. Finally, specific articles covered several fields related to neural computation and neuroengineering, the modelling higher-order functions and dysfunctions and the experimental design of brain-to-computer and brain-to-brain interactions. All articles were peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference that takes place every two years since 2007.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 407 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9789811088544 , 978-981-10-8854-4
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems and in Cognitive Functions 1 Decomposition of Superimposed Chaotic Spike Sequences by Using the Bifurcating Neuron / Akihiro Yamaguchi, Yutaka Yamaguti, and Masao Kubo 2 Neural Energy Properties and Mental Exploration Based on Neural Energy Field Gradient / Yihong Wang, Xuying Xu, and Rubin Wang 3 Information Coded in the Striatum During Decision-Making / Makoto Ito and Kenji Doya 4 A Comparison of Reward Values Encoding Function Between the Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum in Monkey / Zaizhi Wen, Jianhua Zhang, and Xiaochuan Pan 5 Injection of Muscimol into Prefrontal Cortex Impairs Monkey’s Reward Transitive Inference / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang, and Masamichi Sakagami 6 Behavioral and Cognitive Impairments Induced by Low Doses of MK-801 and Ketamine / Marta Lovera-Ulecía, Lucía Moreno-Lama, María Ángeles Gómez-Climent, José M. Delgado-García, and Agnès Gruart 7 Changes in Brain Activity During Instrumental Behavior After Additional Learning in Rats / Vladimir Gavrilov 8 Coincidence Detection and Absolute Threshold in the Auditory Brainstem / Ray Meddis 9 Simultaneous Observation and Imagery of Hand Movement Enhance Event-Related Desynchronization of Stroke Patients / Atsuhiro Ichidi, Yuka Hanafusa, Tatsunori Itakura, and Toshihisa Tanaka 10 Behavioral and Brain Activity Modulation Through Neurofeedback Training Using Electroencephalography / Takuya Kimura and Jiro Okuda Part II Cognitive Network and Multi-scale Neural Network Dynamics 11 Network Model for Dynamics of Perception with Reservoir Computing and Predictive Coding / Yuichi Katori 12 Analysis of Structure-Function Relationship Using a Whole-Brain Dynamic Model Based on MRI Images of the Common Marmoset / Hiromichi Tsukada, Hiroaki Hamada, Ken Nakae, Shin Ishii, Junichi Hata, Hideyuki Okano, and Kenji Doya 13 A Structure and Function of Hippocampal Memory Networks in Consolidating Spatiotemporal Contexts / Hiromichi Tsukada, Minoru Tsukada, and Yoshikazu Isomura 14 A Pseudo-neuron Device and Firing Dynamics of Their Networks Similar to Neural Synchronizing Phenomena Between Far Local Fields in the Brain /Tomoyuki Yano, Yoshitomo Goto, Tomoyuki Nagaya, Ichiro Tsuda, and Shigetoshi Nara 15 Neurodynamics on Up and Down Transitions of Membrane Potential: From Single Neuron to Network / Xuying Xu, Rubin Wang, and Jianting Cao 16 Effects of Temporal Integration on Computational Performance of Spiking Neural Network / Fangzheng Xue, Yang Zhang, Hongjun Zhou, and Xiumin Li 17 Anticipatory Top-Down Interactive Neural Dynamics / Steven L. Bressler 18 Coherence-Based Coding in Spiking Neural Network with Global Inhibitory Feedback / Jinli Xie, Qinjun Zhao, and Jianyu Zhao 19 Time-Varying Scalp EEG Network Patterns for Music Tempo Perception /Wei Xu, Yin Tian, Haiyong Zhang, Huiling Zhang, Zhongyan Wang, Li Yang, Shuxing Zheng, Yupan Shi, Xing Zhao, Dechun Zhao, Xiuxing Wang, Yu Pang, and Zhangyong Li 20 Serotonin 5-HT1A Receptors Modulate Neural Rhythms in Prefrontal Cortex and Hippocampus and Prefronto-Hippocampal Connectivity in Alert Mice / Thomas Gener, Adrià Tauste-Campo, Maria Alemany-González, Cristina Delgado-Sallent, and Maria Victoria Puig Part III Neuroengineering, Neuroinformation and Brain Computer Interaction 21 A New Paradigm Based on Dynamic Visual Stimulation in BCI / Zhaoyang Qiu, Jing Jin, Hanhan Zhang, Yu Zhang, Bei Wang, and Xingyu Wang 22 Asynchronous Stimulation Method for N100-P300 Speller / Natsuki Morita and Yoshikazu Washizawa 23 Attention Evaluation Based on Single Prefrontal EEG / Jianhai Zhang, Gaomin Liu, Shaokai Zhao, and Wenhao Huang 24 Multi-Linc: A New Approach for Exploring Inter-areal Spike Communication / Yoshikazu Isomura 25 Intra-body Communication as an Emerging Approach to Neuromodulation / Javier Reina-Tosina, M. Amparo Callejón, Laura Fernández, and Laura M. Roa 26 Electrophysiology Techniques in Visual Prosthesis / Alejandro Barriga-Rivera and Gregg Jorgen Suaning 27 Application of Video-Oculography for the Analysis of the Vestibulo-Ocular Reflex in Acute Hypoxic Mice / Juan Carlos López-Ramos, Ana Belén García Cebrián, and José M. Delgado-García 28 RatButton: A User-Friendly Touchscreen Presentation Software / Celia Andreu-Sánchez, Miguel Ángel Martín-Pascual, Agnès Gruart, and José María Delgado-García 29 ERFo: An Algorithm for Extracting a Range of Optimal Frequencies for Filtering Electrophysiological Recordings / C. Rocío Caro-Martín, Agnès Gruart, José M. Delgado-García, and Alessandro E. P. Villa 30 VISSOR: An Algorithm for the Detection, Identification, and Classification of the Action Potentials Distributed Across Electrophysiological Recordings / C. Rocío Caro-Martín, José M. Delgado-García, Agnès Gruart, and Raudel Sánchez-Campusano Part IV Modelling Higher-Order Functions and Dysfunctions 31 Influence of β-Amyloid Plaques on the Local Network Activity in the APP/PS1 Mouse Model of Alzheimer’s Disease / Patricia Castano-Prat, Guillermo Aparicio-Torres, Alberto Muñoz, and Maria V. Sanchez-Vives 32 Altered Functional Connectivity in a Mouse Model of Fragile X Syndrome / Miguel Dasilva, Alvaro Navarro-Guzman, Luca Maiolo, Andres Ozaita, and Maria V. Sanchez-Vives 33 Multiple Epileptogenic Foci Can Promote Seizure Discharge Onset and Propagation / Denggui Fan and Qingyun Wang 34 An ERP Study Reveals How Training with Dual N-Back Task Affects Risky Decision Making in a Gambling Task in ADHD Patients / Sarah K. Mesrobian, Alessandra Lintas, Manon Jaquerod, Michel Bader, Lorenz Götte, and Alessandro E. P. Villa 35 Working Memory Development in Attention Deficit Children and Adolescents / Elena I. Rodríguez-Martínez, Antonio Arjona-Valladares, Francisco J. Ruíz-Martínez, Manuel Morales, Catarina I. Barriga-Paulino, Jaime Gómez-González, and Carlos M. Gómez 36 Spectral Power and Maturational Frequency-Coupling Differences Between Attention Deficit and Control Children and Adolescents / Elena I. Rodríguez-Martínez, Brenda Y. Angulo-Ruíz, Antonio Arjona-Valladares, Francisco J. Ruíz-Martinez, Jaime Gómez-González, and Carlos M. Gómez 37 Event-Related Potentials During a Delayed Match-to-Sample Test to Evaluate Working Memory Development in Control and Attention Deficit Children and Adolescents / Antonio Arjona-Valladares, Elena I. Rodríguez-Martínez, Francisco J. Ruíz-Martínez, Jaime Gómez-González, and Carlos M. Gómez 38 Postnatal Development of Sleep-Wake Cycle in Wild-Type Mice / Ángeles Prados-Pardo, Sandra Yaneth Prieto-Soler, and Eduardo Domínguez-del-Toro 39 Complexity of Heart Rate As a Value of Behavioral Complexity / Anastasiia Bakhchina 40 Neural Generators of the N2 Component for Abstinent Heroin Addicts in a Dot-Probe Task / Hongqian Li, Qinglin Zhao, Bin Hu, Yu Zhou, and Quanying Liu Part V Oscillation, Synchronization, Neural Plasticity, and Coordination Dynamics from Neural to Social Systems 41 Changes in Phase Synchronization of EEG During Development of Symbolic Communication Systems / Masayuki Fujiwara, Takashi Hashimoto, Guanhong Li, Jiro Okuda, Takeshi Konno, Kazuyuki Samejima, and Junya Morita 42 Effect of Spike-Timing-Dependent Plasticity on Stochastic Spike Synchronization in an Excitatory Neuronal Population / Sang-Yoon Kim and Woochang Lim 43 Alpha Phase Is Regulated by Gamma Power in Mouse Hippocampus / Tao Zhang, Xiaxia Xu, and Zhuo Yang 44 Quantitative Analysis of Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum in Monkey / Zaizhi Wen, Jianhua Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan, and Rubin Wang 45 Spontaneous Theta Rhythm Predicts Insomnia Duration: A Resting-State EEG Study / Wenrui Zhao, Dong Gao, Faguo Yue, Yanting Wang, Dandan Mao, Tianqiang Liu, and Xu Lei 46 Differences in Perceiving Narratives Through Screens or Reality / Miguel Ángel Martín-Pascual, Celia Andreu-Sánchez, José M. Delgado-García, and Agnès Gruart 47 Self-Organization with Constraints: The Significance of Invariant Manifolds / Ichiro Tsuda 48 On the Nature of Coordination in Nature / Emmanuelle Tognoli,
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: 9783034803960 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 220 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783034803960 (e-book) , 978-3-0348-0396-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 High elevation treelines 1.1 The task 1.2 Previous works 2 Definitions and conventions 2.1 The life form ‘tree’ 2.2 Lines and transitions 2.3 Limitation, stress and disturbance 2.4 Altitude-related and other environmental drivers 2.5 Treeline nomenclature 3 Treeline patterns 3.1 Treeline taxa 3.2 The summit syndrome and other treeline depressions 3.3 Mass elevation effect 3.4 Treeline elevation 3.5 Time matters 3.6 Forest structure near treeline 4 Treeline climate 4.1 Specific aspects of treeline climatology 4.2 Criteria to define temperature regimes at treeline 4.3 Treeline temperatures in different bioclimatic regions 4.3.1 Subarctic and boreal zone (45–68° N) 4.3.2 Cool temperate zone (45–47° N, 44° S) 4.3.3 Warm temperate zone (28–42° N, 36° S) 4.3.4 Subtropical zone (19° S, 19° N) 4.3.5 Equatorial tropics (6° N to 3° S) 4.3.6 Mediterranean ‘treelines’ (38–42° N) 4.3.7 The Nothofagus and Metrosideros case 4.3.8 Treeline temperatures across bioclimatic zones 4.4 Seedbed and branch temperatures 4.5 Whole forest temperatures 5 Global mountain statistics based on treeline elevation 5.1 Mountain geostatistics 5.2 Elevational belts 5.3 Global treeline ecotones 6 Structure and stature of treeline trees 6.1 Foliage properties 6.2 Wood properties 6.3 Bark properties 6.4 Root traits 6.5 Tree stature 6.6 Dry matter allocation in treeline trees 7 Growth and development 7.1 Tree growth near the treeline 7.1.1 In situ growth of seedlings 7.1.2 In situ growth of saplings and adult trees 7.2 Xylogenesis at the treeline 7.2.1 In situ cambial activity 7.2.2 Apical growth dynamics 7.3 Root growth 7.4 Phenology at the treeline 8 Evolutionary adjustments to life at the treeline 8.1 Phylogenetic selection 8.2 Genotypic responses of growth and development 8.3 Genotypic responses of physiological traits 9 Reproduction, early life stages and tree demography 9.1 Amount and quality of seeds at high elevation 9.2 Germination, seedling and sapling stage 9.3 Tree demography at the treeline 10 Freezing and other forms of stress 10.1 Stress at the treeline in a fitness context 10.2 Mechanisms and principles of freezing resistance 10.3 Freezing resistance in treeline trees 10.4 Other forms of stress at the treeline 10.4.1 Freeze-thaw cycles and hydraulic failure 10.4.2 Winter desiccation 11 Water, nutrient and carbon relations 11.1 Tree water relations during the growing season 11.2 Nutrient relations 11.3 Carbon relations 12 Treeline formation - currently, in the past and in the future 12.1 Causes of current treelines 12.2 Treelines in the recent past 12.3 Treelines in the distant past (Holocene) 12.4 Treelines in the future References Subject Index Taxonomic Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: 9783319704791 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This comprehensive handbook provides a unique overview of the theory, methodologies and best practices in climate change communication from around the world. It fosters the exchange of information, ideas and experience gained in the execution of successful projects and initiatives, and discusses novel methodological approaches aimed at promoting a better understanding of climate change adaptation. Addressing a gap in the literature on climate change communication and pursuing an integrated approach, the handbook documents and disseminates the wealth of experience currently available in this field. Volume 3 of the handbook provides case studies from around the world, documenting and disseminating the wealth of experiences available. 
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 398 Seiten) , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 9783319704791 , 978-3-319-70479-1
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents In Search of New Narratives for Informed Decisions on Climate Change Crisis in the African Drylands / Aliyu Barau and Adamu Idris Tanko Assessing High School Student Perceptions and Comprehension of Climate Change / Ulisses M. Azeiteiro, P. Bacelar-Nicolau, P. T. Santos, L. Bacelar-Nicolau and F. Morgado A Sustainability Livelihood Approach (SLA) Model for Assessing Disaster Preparedness and Resilience of the People: Case Study of Cox’s Bazar Sadar Upazila in Bangladesh / Md. Mokhlesur Rahman and Weifeng Li Loving Glacier National Park Online: Climate Change Communication and Virtual Place Attachment / Salma Monani, Sarah Principato, Dori Gorczyca and Elizabeth Cooper Understanding Communication Needs: A Marikina Barangay Experience Linking Flooding to Climate Change Communication / Charlotte Kendra Gotangco and Inez Ponce de Leon Climate: The Great Maestro of Life on Earth. History, Didactics and Case Studies / Maria Rosário Bastos, Joana Gaspar de Freitas and João Pedro Cunha Ribeiro Children Communicating on Climate Change: The Case of a Summer Camp at a Greek Island / Constantina Skanavis and Aristea Kounani Communicating the IPCC: Challenges and Opportunities / Jonathan Lynn Performative Methods for Climate Change Communication in Academic Settings: Case Study of the Freiburg Scientific Theatre / Sadhbh Juárez-Bourke Watershed Discipleship: Communicating Climate Change Within a Christian Framework: A Case Study Analysis / Cherice Bock Assessment of Outdoor Workers Perception Working in Extreme Hot Climate / Haruna Musa Moda and Abdullah Alshahrani Games for Knowledge Transfer and as a Stimulus for Climate Change Mitigation in Agriculture—Lessons Learned from a Game Prototype / Anja Hansen, Kathrin Schneider and Johanna Lange Climate Impacts for German Schools—An Educational Web Portal Solution / Ines Blumenthal, Carolin Schlenther, Simon Hirsbrunner, Manfred Stock and Thomas Nocke Communicating Climate Change in a Museum Setting—A Case Study / Bettina C. Lackner, Sajeev Erangu Purath Mohankumar, Matthias Damert, Daniel Petz, Lukas Meyer, Roman Klug and Barbara Reiter Climate Change Communication in Higher Education Institutions: The Case of the North-West University in South Africa / Paola Villavicencio Calzadilla, Romain Mauger and Anél Du Plessis Traditional Ecological Knowledge as a Contribution to Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation: The Case of the Portuguese Coastal Populations / Joana Gaspar de Freitas, Maria Rosário Bastos and João Alveirinho Dias Building Carbon Literacy: How the Irish Press Normalise Public Discussion About Climate Mitigation Actions / Brenda McNally Climate Change Communication and User Engagement: A Tool to Anticipate Climate Change / Marta Terrado, Isadora Christel, Dragana Bojovic, Albert Soret and Francisco J. Doblas-Reyes Encouraging 10,000 Staff to Take Action on Sustainability: A Case Study of a Sustainability Engagement Programme in Higher Education / Lucy Millard Disseminating Climate Change: The Role of Museums in Activating the Global Public / Morien Rees and Walter Leal Filho Engaging People with Climate Change Through Museums / Henry McGhie, Sarah Mander and Ralph Underhill Considering the Role of Government in Communicating Climate Change: Lessons from the US Public Flood Insurance Program / Chad J. McGuire Istanbul’s Vulnerability to Climate Change: An Urban Sectors’ Based Assessment / Aysun Aygün and Tüzin Baycan Enhancing Intergenerational Communication Around Climate Change / Susan A. Brown and Raichael Lock
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319292793 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gives a unique insight into the current knowledge of krill population dynamics including distribution, biomass, production, recruitment, growth and mortality rates. Detailed analysis is provided on food and feeding, reproduction and krill behaviour. The volume provides an overview on the aspects of natural challenges to the species, which involve predation, parasites and the commercial exploitation of the resource and its management. A chapter on genetics shows the results of population subdivision and summarizes recent work on sequencing transcriptomes for studying gene function as part of the physiology of live krill. The focus of Chapter 4 is on physiological functions such as biochemical composition, metabolic activity and growth change with ontogeny and season; and will demonstrate which environmental factors are the main drivers for variability. Further discussed in this chapter are the bottle necks which occur in the annual life cycle of krill, and the mechanisms krill have adapted to cope with severe environmental condition.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319292793 , 978-3-319-29279-3
    ISSN: 2468-5712 , 2468-5720
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introducing Antarctic Krill Euphausia superba Dana, 1850 / Volker Siegel 2 Distribution, Biomass and Demography of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Volker Siegel and Jonathan L. Watkins 3 Age, Growth, Mortality, and Recruitment of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Christian S. Reiss 4 Physiology of Euphausia superba / Bettina Meyer and Mathias Teschke 5 Feeding and Food Processing in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba Dana) / Katrin Schmidt and Angus Atkinson 6 Reproduction and Larval Development in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba) / So Kawaguchi 7 Genetics of Antarctic Krill / Simon N. Jarman and Bruce E. Deagle 8 Swarming and Behaviour in Antarctic Krill / Geraint A. Tarling and Sophie Fielding 9 The Importance of Krill Predation in the Southern Ocean / Philip N. Trathan and Simeon L. Hill 10 Parasites and Diseases / Jaime Go´mez-Gutie´rrez and Jose´ Rau´l Morales-A´ vila 11 The Fishery for Antarctic Krill: Its Current Status and Management Regime / Stephen Nicol and Jacqueline Foster Glossary Subject Index Genera and Species Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: 9783319613468 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book discusses regional and international climate-change, air- pollution and human-health scenarios. The research, from both industrialized and developing countries, focuses on region-specific perspectives of climate change impacts on air pollution. After analyzing the variations of climate data over recent decades, the authors consider the different effects of climate change on air pollution and health.  As stressed by the IPCC, “pollen, smoke and ozone levels are likely to increase in a warming world, affecting the health of residents of major cities. Rising temperatures will worsen air quality through a combination of more ozone in cities, bigger wild fires and worse pollen outbreaks,” according to a major UN climate report. The report follows the World Health Organization in finding that air pollution is the world’s greatest environmental health risk, killing 7 million people in 2014  (compared to 0.4 million deaths due to malaria). Deteriorating air quality will most affect the elderly, children, people with chronic ill-health and expectant mothers. Another report suggests that more than 5.5 million people die prematurely each year due to air pollution with over half of those deaths occurring in China and India. A study on the air pollution in the USA,suggests that more than half of US population lives in areas with potentially dangerous air pollution, and about six out of 10 of the top cities for air pollution in the USA are located in the state of California. In the face of future climate change, scientists have urged stronger emission controls to avoid worsening air pollution and the associated exacerbation of health problems, especially in more populated regions of the world. It is hoped that the implementation of the Paris Climate Agreement will help minimize air pollution. Additionally the authors consider the various measures that different countries and groups of countries, like the European Union, have adopted to mitigate the problems arising from climate change and to safeguard the health of population. The book examines the increasing incidence of diseases largely caused by climate change. The countries/regions covered in this study include the USA, Northern Europe (U.K).,Southern Europe ( Italy), Canada, Australia, East Asia,  Russia, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, India, South Africa, Mexico, Brazil, Caribbean countries, and Argentina.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 430 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319613468 , 978-3-319-61346-8
    ISSN: 2352-0698 , 2352-0701
    Series Statement: Springer Climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introductory 1 Climate Change and Air Pollution: An Introduction / Rais Akhtar and Cosimo Palagiano 2 Air Quality in Changing Climate: Implications for Health Impacts / Sourangsu Chowdhury and Sagnik Dey 3 International Conferences on Sustainable Development and Climate from Rio de Janeiro to Paris / Giovanni De Santis and Claudia Bortone 4 COP21 in Paris: Politics of Climate Change / Rais Akhtar Part II Case Studies: Developed Countries/Regions 5 Climate Change Impacts on Air Pollution in Northern Europe / Ruth M. Doherty and Fiona M. O’Connor 6 The Impact of Climate Change and Air Pollution in the Southern European Countries / Cosimo Palagiano and Rossella Belluso 7 Canada: Climate Change, Air Pollution and Health / Stefania Bertazzon and Fox Underwood 8 Climate Change, Forest Fires, and Health in California / Ricardo Cisneros, Don Schweizer, Leland (Lee) Tarnay, Kathleen Navarro, David Veloz, and C. Trent Procter 9 Air Pollution and Climate Change in Australia: A Triple Burden / Colin D. Butler and James Whelan 10 Epidemiological Consequences of Climate Change (with Special Reference to Malaria in Russia) / Svetlana M. Malkhazova, Natalia V. Shartova, and Varvara A. Mironova 11 Climate Change and Projections of Temperature-Related Mortality / Dmitry Shaposhnikov and Boris Revich 12 Climate Change and Air Quality in Southeastern China: Hong Kong Study / Yun Fat Lam Part III Case Studies: Developing Countries/Regions 13 Trends and Seasonal Variations of Climate, Air Quality, and Mortality in Three Major Cities in Taiwan / Mei-Hui Li 14 Climate Change and Urban Air Pollution Health Impacts in Indonesia / Budi Haryanto 15 Climate Change and Air Pollution in Malaysia / Nasrin Aghamohammadi and Marzuki Isahak 16 Climate Change, Air Pollution, and Human Health in Bangkok / Uma Langkulsen and Desire Rwodzi 17 Climate Change, Air Pollution and Human Health in Delhi, India / Hem H. Dholakia and Amit Garg 18 Climate Change and Air Pollution in Mumbai / S. Siva Raju and Khushboo Ahire 19 Climate Change and Air Pollution in East Asia: Taking Transboundary Air Pollution into Account / Ken Yamashita and Yasushi Honda 20 Climate Change, Air Pollution and Health in South Africa / Eugene Cairncross, Aqiel Dalvie, Rico Euripidou, James Irlam, and Rajen Nithiseelan Naidoo 21 The Impact of Climate Change and Air Pollution on the Caribbean / Muge Akpinar-Elci and Olaniyi Olayinka 22 Compounding Factors: Air Pollution and Climate Variability in Mexico City / Marı´a Eugenia Ibarrara´n, Iva´n Islas, and Jose´ Abraham Ortı´nez 23 Air Pollution, Climate Change, and Human Health in Brazil / Ju´lia Alves Menezes, Carina Margonari, Rhavena Barbosa Santos, and Ulisses Confalonieri 24 Climate Change, Air Pollution, and Infectious Diseases: A New Epidemiological Scenario in Argentina / Daniel Oscar Lipp Part IV Conclusion 25 Summary and Conclusion / Rais Akhtar and Cosimo Palagiano Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783319731599 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents a detailed study of the structure and variability of internal tides and their geographical distribution in the ocean. Based on experimental analysis of oceanic measurements combined with numerical modeling, it offers a comprehensive overview of the internal wave processes around the globe. In particular, it is based on moored buoys observations in many regions in all oceans (Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and Southern) that have been carried out by researchers from different countries for more than 40 years as part of various oceanographic programs, including WOCE and CLIVAR. However, a significant portion of the data was collected by the author, who is a field oceanographer. The data was processed and interpreted on the basis of the latest knowledge of internal wave motion. The properties of internal waves were analyzed in relation to the bottom topography and mean state of the ocean in specific regions. Internal waves play a major role in the formation of seawater stratification and are responsible for the main processes of ocean dynamics, such as energy transfer and mixing. One of the most significant ideas presented in this book is the generation of internal tides over submarine ridges. Energy fluxes from submarine ridges related to tidal internal waves greatly exceed the fluxes from continental slopes. Submarine ridges form an obstacle to the propagation of tidal currents, which can cause the creation of large amplitude internal tides. Energy fluxes from submarine ridges account for approximately one fourth of the total energy dissipation of the barotropic tides. Model simulations and moored measurements have been combined to generate a map of global distribution of internal tide amplitudes. This book is of interest to oceanographers, marine biologists, civil engineers, and scientists working in climate research, fluid mechanics, acoustics, and underwater navigation.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 304 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319731599 , 978-3-319-73159-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Modern Concepts About Oceanic Internal Waves 2 Observations of Internal Tides in the Atlantic Ocean 3 Observations of Internal Tides in the Pacific Ocean 4 Observations of Internal Tides in the Indian Ocean 5 Observations of Internal Tides in the Southern Ocean 6 Observations of Internal Tides in the Arctic Ocean 7 Properties of Internal Tides 8 Semidiurnal Internal Wave Global Field; Global Estimates of Internal Tide Energy Conclusions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 9783319501710 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book contributes to the literature on resilience, hazard planning, risk management, environmental policy and design, presenting articles that focus on building resilience through social and technical means. Bringing together contributions from Japanese authors, the book also offers a rare English-language glimpse into current policy and practice in Japan since the 2011 Tohoku disaster. The growth of resilience as a common point of contact for fields as disparate as economics, architecture and population politics reflects a shared concern about our capacity to cope with and adapt to change. The ability to bounce back from hardship and disaster is essential to all of our futures. Yet, if such ability is to be sustainable, and not rely on a “brute force” response, innovation will need to become a core practice for policymakers and on-the-ground responders alike. The book offers a valuable reference guide for graduate students, researchers and policy analysts who are looking for a holistic but practical approach to resilience planning.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 396 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319501710 , 978-3-319-50171-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Understanding Change Through the Lens of Resilience / Wanglin Yan and Will Galloway Part II Recognizing Vulnerability 2 Japan After March 11th 2011: Between Swift Reconstruction and Sustainable Restructuring / Christian Dimmer 3 Climate Change Vulnerability of Olive Oil Groves in Dry Areas of Tunisia: Case Study in the Governorate of Médenine / Mohamed Ouessar 4 The Vehicle Transportation Problem in the Megacity São Paulo (Brazil) / Renato Cesar Sato and Luciana Ferreira da Silva 5 Disasters and Their Impacts on Air Quality in the Human Living Environment / Yoshika Sekine and Naohide Shinohara 6 Vulnerability of Pastoral Social-Ecological Systems in Mongolia / T. Chuluun, M. Altanbagana, Dennis Ojima, R. Tsolmon and B. Suvdantsetseg Part III Awareness and Preparedness for Change 7 The Importance of Information Availability for Climate Change Preparedness in the Cultural Heritage Sector: A Comparison Between the UK and Japan / Matthew Jones 8 Anticipating Environmental Change in Development Planning for the Archipelago of Indonesia / Abimanyu Takdir Alamsyah 9 Institutional and Technical Innovation in Pakistan for Resilience to Extreme Climate Events / Pervaiz Amir 10 Development of an International Institutional Framework for Climate Adaptation and Practice in Adaptation Planning in Developing Countries / Makoto Kato 11 Mainstreaming Climate Change Adaptation Products and Services by Japanese Companies with Base-of-the- Economic-Pyramid (BoP) Businesses / Tokutaro Hiramoto 12 Systems Established for Reconstruction After the Great East Japan Earthquake, and the Current Situation on the Ground / Sosuke Tanaka Part IV Tools and Methods for Building Resiliency 13 Developing an ICT-Based Toolbox for Resilient Capacity Building: Challenges, Obstacles and Approaches / Qian Ye, Xiaobing Hu and Zhangang Han 14 Development of Tools to Assess Vulnerability to Climate Change in South Asia / Upali Imbulana 15 Development Plan as a Tool to Improve the Disaster Resilience of Urban Areas / Ranjith Perera and Dzul Khaimi bin Khailani 16 Swarm Planning—Developing a Tool for Innovative Resilience Planning / Rob Roggema and Nikolay Popov Part V Transformation from Disaster and Crisis 17 Green Infrastructure in Reconstruction After the 2011 Earthquake and Tsunami: A Case Study of Historical Change on Awaji Island in Japan / Tomohiro Ichinose 18 The Long Term Economic Value of Holistic Ecological Planning for Disaster Risk / Misato Uehara 19 Disaster Response and Public Consultation in Cleaning Up Radioactive Contamination of the Environment / Mimi Nameki 20 Building Resilience in Africa Through Transformation and a Green Economy: Challenges and Opportunities / Andries Jordaan Part VI Building Resiliency with Community 21 Community Based Environmental Design: Empowering Local Expertise in Design Charrettes / Rob Roggema, Lisa Vos and John Martin 22 Solar-Based Decentralized Energy Solution—A Case of Entrepreneur Based Model from Rural India / Manjushree Banerjee, I.H. Rehman and Jitendra Tiwari 23 The Importance of Social Capital in Building Community Resilience / Daniel P. Aldrich 24 The Veneer House Experience: The Role of Architects in Recovering Community After Disaster / Hiroto Kobayashi Part VII Conclusion 25 Understanding Resilience Through the Lens of Change / Will Galloway and Wanglin Yan
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319974545 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Basic Confocal Microscopy, Second Edition builds on the successful first edition by keeping the same format and reflecting relevant changes and recent developments in this still-burgeoning field. This format is based on the Confocal Microscopy Workshop that has been taught by several of the authors for nearly 20 years and remains a popular workshop for gaining basic skills in confocal microscopy. While much of the information concerning fluorescence and confocal microscopy that made the first edition a success has not changed in the six years since the book was first published, confocal imaging is an evolving field and recent advances in detector technology, operating software, tissue preparation and clearing, image analysis, and more have been updated to reflect this. Several of these advances are now considered routine in many laboratories, and others such as super resolution techniques built on confocal technology are becoming widely available.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 368 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second Edition
    ISBN: 9783319974545 , 978-3-319-97454-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction and Historical Perspective / Robert L. Price and W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 2 The Theory of Fluorescence / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 3 Fluorescence Microscopy / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome and Robert L. Price 4 Specimen Preparation / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome, John Fuseler, Caleb A. Padgett, and Robert L. Price 5 Labeling Considerations for Confocal Microscopy / R. M. Albrecht and J. A. Oliver 6 Digital Imaging / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 7 Confocal Digital Image Capture / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 8 Types of Confocal Instruments: Basic Principles and Advantages and Disadvantages / John Fuseler, W. Gray (Jay) Jerome, and Robert L. Price 9 Setting the Confocal Microscope Operating Parameters / Amy E. Rowley, Anna M. Harper, and Robert L. Price 10 3D Reconstruction of Confocal Image Data / Thomas C. Trusk 11 Analysis of Image Similarity and Relationship / Jesse Aaron and Teng-Leong Chew 12 Ethics and Resources / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome and Robert L. Price Glossary (Terms Are Defined with Respect to Confocal Imaging) Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    facet.materialart.12
    [Singapore] : Springer
    Call number: 9789811064739 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively introduces recent important studies on coral reefs from various research fields including biology, ecology, chemistry, the earth sciences, and conservation studies. Coral reef is one of the important ecosystems characterized by high biodiversity and the beauty. Coral reefs around Japan are located at the northern limit, composed by mainly fringing reefs along archipelago, and easily impacted by human activities. Thus, coral reef studies around Japan have provided important knowledge on basic sciences and conservation studies regarding coral reef ecosystem. This book would contribute to systematic understanding of vulnerable coral reef ecosystems due to human activities in the Indo-Pacific and Caribbean regions. The conservation efforts provide good reference to graduate and undergraduate students, and researchers in marine sciences, as well as those who are involved in coral reef studies.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9789811064739 , 978-981-10-6473-9
    ISSN: 2213-719X , 2213-7203
    Series Statement: Coral reefs of the world volume 13
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction for This Book: General Aspects of the Coral Reefs of Japan / Akira Iguchi and Chuki Hongo 2 Dissolved Organic Matter in Coral Reefs: Distribution, Production, and Bacterial Consumption / Yasuaki Tanaka and Ryota Nakajima 3 Studies on Stress Responses of Corals in Japan / Tomihiko Higuchi 4 Coral Disease in Japan / Naohisa Wada, Aki Ohdera, and Nobuhiro Mano 5 Ocean Acidification Studies in Coral Reefs of Japan / Shoji Yamamoto 6 Frontiers of Coral-Based Sclerochronological Studies in Japan / Kohki Sowa and Kentaro Tanaka 7 Coral Reproduction in Japan / Naoko Isomura and Hironobu Fukami 8 Population Genetics of Corals in Japan / Yuichi Nakajima 9 Distribution Expansion and Historical Population Outbreak Patterns of Crown-of-Thorns Starfish, Acanthaster planci sensu lato, in Japan from 1912 to 2015 / Nina Yasuda 10 Studies on Mesophotic Coral Ecosystems in Japan / Frederic Sinniger and Saki Harii 11 The Hydrodynamic Impacts of Tropical Cyclones on Coral Reefs of Japan: Key Points and Future Perspectives / Chuki Hongo 12 Concluding Remarks: Future Perspectives on Coral Reef Studies of Japan – From Biology, Earth Science, and Conservation and Restoration / Akira Iguchi and Chuki Hongo Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9783319556826 (e-book)
    In: Lecture notes in earth system sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses students and young researchers who want to learn to use numerical modeling to solve problems in geodynamics. Intended as an easy-to-use and self-learning guide, readers only need a basic background in calculus to approach most of the material. The book difficulty increases very gradually, through four distinct parts. The first is an introduction to the Python techniques necessary to visualize and run vectorial calculations. The second is an overview with several examples on classical Mechanics with examples taken from standard introductory physics books. The third part is a detailed description of how to write Lagrangian, Eulerian and Particles in Cell codes for solving linear and non-linear continuum mechanics problems. Finally the last one address advanced techniques like tree-codes, Boundary Elements, and illustrates several applications to Geodynamics. The entire book is organized around numerous examples in Python, aiming at encouraging the reader to le arn by experimenting and experiencing, not by theory.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 227 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319556826 , 978-3-319-55682-6
    ISSN: 2193-8571 , 2193-858X
    Series Statement: Lecture notes in earth system sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to Scientific Python 1 Bird’s Eye View 2 Visualization 3 Fast Python: NumPy and Cython Part II Second Part: Mechanics 4 Mechanics I: Kinematics 5 Mechanics II: Newtonian Dynamics 6 Physics of Stokes Flow Part III Lattice Methods 7 Lagrangian Transport 8 Operator Formulation 9 Laplacian Operator and Diffusion 10 Beyond Linearity Part IV Advanced Techniques 11 Trees, Particles, and Boundaries 12 Applications to Geodynamics 13 The Future References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 9783319700663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This comprehensive handbook provides a unique overview of the theory, methodologies and best practices in climate change communication from around the world. It fosters the exchange of information, ideas and experience gained in the execution of successful projects and initiatives, and discusses novel methodological approaches aimed at promoting a better understanding of climate change adaptation. Addressing a gap in the literature on climate change communication and pursuing an integrated approach, the handbook documents and disseminates the wealth of experience currently available in this field. Volume 2 of the handbook provides a unique description of the theoretical basis and of some of the key facts and phenomena which help in achieving a better understanding of the basis of climate change communication, providing an essential basis for successful initiatives in this complex field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 419 Seiten) , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319700663 , 978-3-319-70066-3
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Weather Forecasting Using Local Traditional Knowledge (LTK) in the Midst of Climate Change in Domboshawa, Zimbabwe / Vincent Itai Tanyanyiwa Climate Change Communication in Nepal / Anup K. C. Short Stories and Climate Change: An Application of Kolb’s Experiential Learning Model / Evangelos Manolas Role of the Media in Climate Change Communication in the Northwest Region of Cameroon / Suiven John Paul Tume, Mbilam Samson Jumbam, Ndze Albert Nsoseka, Ngoran Divine Nyarka, Lawong Judith Yenla and Njodzeka Gilbert Njodzeka Rural Indonesian Insight on Mass Media Role in Reducing Climate Change Risk / Syarifah Aini Dalimunthe Mapping Issues, Stakeholders and Actions on Youth Climate Change Communication in Indonesia for the Period 2008–2015 / Emilia Bassar, Impron and Paramitha Yanindraputri The Klimablog www.cambioclimatico-bolivia.org: Personal Reflections After 5 Years of Blogging on Climate Change from, for and About Bolivia / Dirk Hoffmann Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation in the Agriculture Sector of Sri Lanka: What We Learnt and Way Forward / Rasu Eeswaran What’s the Worst Thing that Can Happen?—A Simple Exercise to Communicating and Reasoning About Climate Change / Markus Will and Joost Platje The Challenges of Climate Change Communication for Lagos Coastal Communities / Peter Elias Seven Strategies of Climate Change Science Communication for Policy Change: Combining Academic Theory with Practical Evidence from Science–Policy Partnerships in Canada / Garrett Ward Richards and Rebecca Carruthers Den Hoed Climate Change Communication: Community Knowledge and Preparedness / Sri Hartini Rachmad University Student’s Perceptions About Climate Change: The Case of Interior Design and Architecture Students of a Brazilian University / Fátima Alves, Leonor Bacelar Nicolau, Dula Lima, Ulisses M. Azeiteiro and Paula Bacelar Nicolau The Grounding for a Fossil Fuel Free World: Integrating Climate Change Education into Secondary Schools / Gina Lovett, Claire Lambert, Eric Chu and Joyeeta Gupta Climate Change and Renewable Energy: Opinions and Emotions of Elementary School Pupils in the Prefecture of Evros / Sideri Lefkeli, Georgios Tsantopoulos and Evangelos Manolas Incorporation of Local Ecological Knowledge (LEK) into Biodiversity Management and Climate Change Variability Scenarios for Threatened Fish Species and Fishing Communities—Communication Patterns Among BioResources Users as a Prerequisite for Co-management: A Case Study of Berlenga MNR, Portugal and Resex-Mar of Arraial do Cabo, RJ, Brazil / Heitor de Oliveira Braga, Miguel Ângelo Pardal and Ulisses M. Azeiteiro Delivering Solutions: Engaging Farmers and Land Holders in the Climate Change Debate / Becky Willson and Stephen Roderick The Role of Risk Perceptions in Climate Change Communication: A Media Analysis on the UK Winter Floods 2015/2016 / Viktoria Cologna, Rosalind H. Bark and Jouni Paavola The Feeling of Red and Blue—A Constructive Critique of Color Mapping in Visual Climate Change Communication / Birgit Schneider and Thomas Nocke Using Heritage to Engage Antarctic Tourists with Climate Change / Camilla Nichol Calm Before the Storm: Assessing Climate Change and Sustainability in Saudi Arabian Universities / Naif Alghamdi ‘Committees’, a Promising Institution in Climate Change Communication and Adaptation? / Sabine Tröger The SHAPE of Effective Climate Change Communication: Taking a RoundView / Joanne Tippett and Fraser How Communication Strategies for Building Climate-Smart Farming Communities / Jemima M. Mandapati Engagement in Action: Communicating Climate Change Research to Non-specialist Audiences / Julie Biddlecombe-Brown, Adam Holden and Melissa Swartz Communicating Climate Change in the Greater Manchester Region: A Whole Systems Approach to Change / Judith Emanuel and Carolyn Kagan Erratum to: Climate Change Communication in Nepal / Anup K. C.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: 9789402416176 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book aims at explaining the nature and strength of the links between the families and their farms looking at their diversity throughout the world. To do so, it documents family farming diversity by using the sustainable rural livelihood (SRL) framework exploring their ability to adapt and transform to changing environments. In 18 case studies in Asia, Africa, Latin America and Europe, it shows how family farms resist under adverse conditions, seize new opportunities and permanently transform. Family farms, far from being backwards are potential solutions to face the current challenges and shape a new future for agriculture taking advantage of their local knowledge and capacity to cope with external constraints. Many co-authors of the book have both an empirical and theoretical experience of family farming in developed and developing countries and their related institutions. They specify «what makes and means family» in family farming and the diversity of their expertise draws a wide and original picture of this resilient way of farming throughout the world.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 341 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789402416176 , 978-94-024-1617-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction / Jean-Michel Sourisseau, Pierre-Marie Bosc, Philippe Bonnal, Jean-François Bélières, Pierre Gasselin, and Élodie Valette Part I Non-commercial Rationales, an ‘Archaism’ Worth Revisiting Introduction / Pierre-Marie Bosc Family Farming in Polish Podlasie: Anachronism or Overlooked Potential? / Pascal Chevalier Urban and Peri-Urban Agriculture, the Dairy Farms of Cairo, Egypt / Annabelle Daburon, Véronique Alary, Ahmed Ali, Mohammad El-Srogi, and Jean-François Tourrand Integration into International Markets of Cotton Family Farms in Mali / Mamy Soumaré, Jean-François Bélières, Michel Passouant, and Moumouni Sidibé The Precariousness of the Sedentarization of a Pastoral Fulani Population in Benin / Isabelle Droy and Jean-Étienne Bidou Part II Local Anchoring and Migration as Two Faces of the Same Coin Introduction / Élodie Valette Multi-localized Diversified Family Farming in Nicaragua / Sandrine Fréguin-Gresh, Anaïs Trousselle, and Geneviève Cortes The iony Moment: Migration, Livelihoods and Family Farming in the Upper Cañar Valley (Southern Ecuadorian Andes) / Michel Vaillant Agriculture in Southern Mozambique, an Activity Based on Labour Migration / Sara Mercandalli Part III On the Boundaries of Family Farming: Examples of Family Business Farming Introduction / Jean-Michel Sourisseau In Between Agro-industries and Family Business Farms: Ephemeral Smallholder Family Plantations in Indonesia / Stéphanie Barral Family Farming in Brazil: Modernized and Integrated / Osmar Tomaz de Souza, Philippe Bonnal, Leonardo Beroldt, and Renata Menasche Family-Run Farm Enterprises, Territories and Policies in Argentina / Sophie Chaxel, Roberto Cittadini, Pierre Gasselin, and Christophe Albaladejo Part IV Diversification of Activities Between Strategies of Survival and Accumulation Introduction / Pierre Gasselin Family Farming Confronted by Drought and Liberalization in Senegal / Ibrahima Hathie and Cheikh Oumar Ba Long-Term Accumulation Strategies and Family Farms in Cameroon / Philippe Pédelahore The Uncertain Market Integration of Family Farms in Madagascar / Nicole Andrianirina Part V Organization of the Family Between a Collective Asset and the Limitations of Individual Strategies Introduction / Jean-François Bélières From Large to Small Families in Burkina Faso: Disrupted Generations and Statuses / Sébastien Bainville A Family and Its Cross-Border Pastoral System: Between Niger, Chad and Nigeria / Bernard Bonnet, Ousman Malam Ousseini, and Issoufou El Hadj Attoumane Part VI Beyond Family Farming: The Determining Influence of Political and Territorial Issues Introduction / Philippe Bonnal Fragmentation of Irrigated Family Farms in Southern India / Frédéric Landy On the Roof of the World, the Herders of the Tibetan Plateau Confronted by Change / Ruijun Long, Xiao Jing Qi, Luming Ding, Tingting Yang, Thierry Bonaudo, Bernard Hubert, and Jean-François Tourrand Family Farming in Contemporary Kanak Society / Séverine Bouard, Leïla Apithy, and Stéphane Guyard Conclusion: Methodological and Conceptual Contributions / Philippe Bonnal, Jean-Michel Sourisseau, Pierre-Marie Bosc, Pierre Gasselin, Jean-François Bélières, and Élodie Valette References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783319249452 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the state-of-the-art of microalgae physiology and biochemistry (and the several –omics). It serves as a key reference work for those working with microalgae, whether in the lab, the field, or for commercial applications. It is aimed at new entrants into the field (i.e. PhD students) as well as experienced practitioners. It has been over 40 years since the publication of a book on algal physiology. Apart from reviews and chapters no other comprehensive book on this topic has been published. Research on microalgae has expanded enormously since then, as has the commercial exploitation of microalgae. This volume thoroughly deals with the most critical physiological and biochemical processes governing algal growth and production.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 681 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319249452 , 978-3-319-24945-2
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Algae Cell The Cell Cycle of Microalgae / Vilém Zachleder, Kateřina Bišová, and Milada Vítová Biosynthesis of the Cell Walls of the Algae / David S. Domozych Part II The Fundamental Physiological Processes Photosynthesis and Light Harvesting in Algae / Anthony W. Larkum Carbon Acquisition by Microalgae / John Beardall and John A. Raven Fundamentals and Recent Advances in Hydrogen Production and Nitrogen Fixation in Cyanobacteria / Namita Khanna, Patrícia Raleiras, and Peter Lindblad Dark Respiration and Organic Carbon Loss / John A. Raven and John Beardall Part III Nutrients and Their Acquisition Combined Nitrogen / John A. Raven and Mario Giordano Nutrients and Their Acquisition: Phosphorus Physiology in Microalgae / Sonya T. Dyhrman Sulphur and Algae: Metabolism, Ecology and Evolution / Mario Giordano and Laura Prioretti Micronutrients / Antonietta Quigg Iron / Adrian Marchetti and Maria T. Maldonado Selenium in Algae / Hiroya Araie and Yoshihiro Shiraiwa Silicification in the Microalgae / Zoe V. Finkel Calcification / Alison R. Taylor and Colin Brownlee Part IV Algae Interactions with Environment Chemically-Mediated Interactions in Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Coping with High and Variable Salinity: Molecular Aspects of Compatible Solute Accumulation / Martin Hagemann Effects of Global Change, Including UV and UV Screening Compounds / Richa, Rajeshwar P. Sinha, and Donat-P. Häder Part V Secondary Metabolites Lipid Metabolism in Microalgae / Inna Khozin-Goldberg Sterols in Microalgae / John K. Volkman Carotenoids / Einar Skarstad Egeland Exocellular Polysaccharides in Microalgae and Cyanobacteria: Chemical Features, Role and Enzymes and Genes Involved in Their Biosynthesis / Federico Rossi and Roberto De Philippis Algae Genome-Scale Reconstruction, Modelling and Applications / Cristiana G.O. Dal’Molin and Lars K. Nielsen Part VI Applications Algal Physiology and Large-Scale Outdoor Cultures of Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Part VII Systematics and Taxonomy Systematics, Taxonomy and Species Names: Do They Matter? / Michael A. Borowitzka
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9781610918435 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In the latest installment of State of the World, a diverse group of education experts share innovative approaches to teaching and learning in a new era. Topics include systems thinking for kids; the importance of play in early education; social emotional learning; comprehensive sexuality education; indigenous knowledge; sustainable business; medical training to treat the whole person; teaching law in the Anthropocene; and more.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 370 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781610918435 , 978-1-61091-843-5
    ISSN: 2945-5758 , 2945-5766
    Series Statement: State of the world [2017]
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword / David Orr Acknowledgments INTRODUCTION 1 EarthEd: Rethinking Education on a Changing Planet / Erik Assadourian PART ONE: EARTH EDUCATION FUNDAMENTALS 2 Outdoor School for All: Reconnecting Children to Nature / David Sobel 3 Ecoliteracy and Schooling for Sustainability / Michael K. Stone 4 Education for the Eighth Fire: Indigeneity and Native Ways of Learning / Melissa K. Nelson 5 Pathway to Stewardship: A Framework for Children and Youth / Jacob Rodenburg and Nicole Bell 6 Growing a New School Food Culture / Luis González Reyes 7 The Centrality of Character Education for Creating and Sustaining a Just World / Marvin W. Berkowitz 8 Social and Emotional Learning for a Challenging Century / Pamela Barker and Amy McConnell Franklin 9 Prioritizing Play / David Whitebread 10 Looking the Monster in the Eye: Drawing Comics for Sustainability / Marilyn Mehlmann with Esbjörn Jorsäter, Alexander Mehlmann, and Olena Pometun 11 Deeper Learning and the Future of Education / Dennis McGrath and Monica M. Martinez 12 All Systems Go! Developing a Generation of “Systems-Smart” Kids / Linda Booth Sweeney 13 Reining in the Commercialization of Childhood / Josh Golin and Melissa Campbell 14 Home Economics Education: Preparation for a Sustainable and Healthy Future / Helen Maguire and Amanda McCloat 15 Our Bodies, Our Future: Expanding Comprehensive Sexuality Education / Mona Kaidbey and Robert Engelman PART T WO: HIGHER EDUCATION REIMAGINED 16 Suddenly More Than Academic: Higher Education for a Post-Growth World / Michael Maniates 17 Bringing the Classroom Back to Life / Jonathan Dawson and Hugo Oliveira 18 Preparing Vocational Training for the Eco-Technical Transition / Nancy Lee Wood 19 Sustainability Education in Prisons: Transforming Lives, Transforming the World / Joslyn Rose Trivett, Raquel Pinderhughes, Kelli Bush, Liliana Caughman, and Carri J. LeRoy 20 Bringing the Earth Back into Economics / Joshua Farley 21 New Times, New Tools: Agricultural Education for the Twenty-First Century / Laura Lengnick 22 Educating Engineers for the Anthropocene / Daniel Hoornweg, Nadine Ibrahim, and Chibulu Luo 23 The Evolving Focus of Business Sustainability Education / Andrew J. Hoffman 24 Teaching Doctors to Care for Patient and Planet / Jessica Pierce CONCLUSION 25 The Future of Education: A Glimpse from 2030 / Erik Assadourian Notes Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319325101 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book will take an evidence-based approach to current knowledge about biomolecules and their place in our lives, inviting readers to explore how we know what we know, and how current gaps in knowledge may influence the way we approach the information. Biomolecular science is increasingly important in our everyday life, influencing the choices we make about our diet, our health, and our wellness. Often, however, information about biomolecular science is presented as a list of immutable facts, discouraging critical thought. The book will introduce the basic tools of structural biology, supply real-life examples, and encourage critical thought about aspects of biology that are still not fully understood.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 182 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319325101 , 978-3-319-32510-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The Protein Data Bank 2 Seeing Is Believing: Methods of Structure Solution 3 Visualizing the Invisible World of Molecules 4 The Twists and Turns of DNA 5 The Central Dogma 6 The Secret of Life: The Genetic Code 7 Evolution in Action 8 How Evolution Shapes Proteins 9 The Universe of Protein Folds 10 Order and Chaos in Protein Structure 11 Molecular Electronics 12 Green Energy 13 Peak Performance 14 Cellular Signaling Networks 15 GPCRs Revealed 16 Signaling with Hormones 17 Single-Molecule Chemistry: Enzyme Action and the Transition State 18 Seven Wonders of the World of Enzymes 19 Building Bodies 20 Coloring the Biological World 21 Amazing Antibodies 22 Attack and Defense: Weapons of the Immune System 23 Reconstructing HIV Erratum
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319579269 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to the dangerous fishes found offshore the eastern and southern Arabian Peninsula. It covers information about the main groups of dangerous fish species i.e., biting and predator fish group, venomous stinging fish, electric shock fish, harmful stinging fish, and poisonous fish. In the latter group, the book gives details about fishes that cause several types of toxicities to human. The purpose of this book is to thoroughly introduce life, nature and methods of dangerous fishes in order to form awareness about their danger and to take the proper preventive steps. It will appeal to researchers, scholars, divers, the sea coast visitors and students of marine biology as it is highly informative and carefully presented. This book is the first of its kind for the Arabian region in particular and the Middle East in general.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 322 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Corrected at 2nd printing 2018
    ISBN: 9783319579269 , 978-3-319-57926-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Geography 1.2 Geology 1.3 Oceanography 1.4 Climate 1.5 Biodiversity References Part I Dangerous Fishes 2 Biting and Predator Fish Group 2.1 Chondrichthyes (Cartilagenous Fishes) 2.1.1 Relationship of Sharks to Humans 2.2 Osteichthyes (Teleostean Fishes) 2.2.1 Moray eels 2.3 Wolf-Herring and Barracuda 2.3.1 Barracuda Attacks and Bites 2.4 Triggerfish 2.4.1 Reported Cases of Triggerfish Bites 2.5 Ribbonfish 2.5.1 Bite of Ribbonfish and Its Mechanism References 3 Harmful Fish Group 3.1 Needlefish 3.1.1 Injuries Caused by Needlefishes 3.2 Surgeonfish 3.2.1 Cuts Caused by Surgeonfish References 4 Electric Fishes 4.1 Electric Rays and Their Electric Organ References Part II Poisonous and Venomous Fishes 5 Poisonous Fishes 5.1 Ichthyosarcotoxic Fishes 5.1.1 Elasmobranch Fish Poisoning 5.1.2 Ciguatoxic Fishes 5.1.3 Clupeotoxic Fishes 5.1.4 Gempylotoxic Fishes 5.1.5 Scomberotoxic Fishes 5.1.6 Hallucinogenic Fishes 5.1.7 Tetrodotoxic Fishes 5.2 Ichthyootoxic Fishes 5.2.1 Ichthyootoxic Fish Species 5.3 Ichthyogallotoxic Fishes 5.3.1 Ichthyogallotoxic Fish Species References 6 Ichthyohemotoxic Fishes 6.1 Background 6.2 Causative Agent 6.3 Symptoms 6.4 Treatment and Prevention 6.5 Ichthyohemotoxic Fish Species References 7 Venomous Fishes 7.1 Ithyocrinotoxic Fishes 7.1.1 Catfishes 7.1.2 Boxfishes 7.1.3 Species of Eels 7.1.4 Flatfishes 7.1.5 Pufferfish 7.1.6 Ichthyocrinotoxic Fish Species 7.2 Acanthotoxic (Venomous) Fishes 7.2.1 Venomous Stingrays 7.2.2 Venomous Catfishes 7.2.3 Venomous Scorpaenid Fishes 7.2.4 Venomous Stonefishes 7.2.5 Venomous Toadfishes 7.2.6 Venomous Spadefishes or Scats 7.2.7 Venomous Stargazers 7.2.8 Venomous Rabbit Fishes References Erratum to: Dangerous Fishes of the Eastern and Southern Arabian Peninsula About the Author Common Name Index Scientific Name Index General Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: 9783319396170 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the diverse strategies invertebrate animals have developed for nitrogen excretion and maintenance of acid-base balance and summarizes the most recent findings in the field, obtained by state-of-the-art methodology. A broad range of terrestrial, freshwater and marine invertebrate groups are covered, including crustaceans, cephalopods, insects and worms. In addition the impact of current and future changes in ocean acidification on marine invertebrates due to anthropogenic CO2 release will be analyzed. The book addresses graduate students and young researchers interested in general animal physiology, comparative physiology and marine/aquatic animal physiology. Also it is an essential source for researchers dealing with the effects of increasing pCO2 levels on aquatic animals, of which the vast majority are indeed invertebrates. All chapters are peer-reviewed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 306 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319396170 , 978-3-319-39617-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Nitrogen Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Dirk Weihrauch, Sandra Fehsenfeld, and Alex Quijada-Rodriguez 2 Nitrogenous Waste Metabolism Within Terrestrial Crustacea, with Special Reference to Purine Deposits and Their Metabolism / Stuart M. Linton, Jonathan C. Wright, and Caitlin G. Howe 3 Gill Ion Transport ATPases and Ammonia Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Francisco A. Leone, Malson N. Lucena, Daniela P. Garçon, Marcelo R. Pinto, and John C. McNamara 4 Nitrogen Excretion and Metabolism in Insects / M. J. O’Donnell and Andrew Donini 5 Nitrogen Excretion in Nematodes, Platyhelminthes, and Annelids / Alex R. Quijada-Rodriguez, Aida Adlimoghaddam, and Dirk Weihrauch 6 Acid–Base Regulation in Aquatic Decapod Crustaceans / Sandra Fehsenfeld and Dirk Weihrauch 7 Cell Biology of Reef-Building Corals: Ion Transport, Acid/Base Regulation, and Energy Metabolism / Martin Tresguerres, Katie L. Barott, Megan E. Barron, Dimitri D. Deheyn, David I. Kline, and Lauren B. Linsmayer 8 Acid–Base Regulation in Insect Haemolymph / Philip G.D. Matthews 9 Acid–Base Loops in Insect Larvae with Extremely Alkaline Midgut Regions / Horst Onken and David F. Moffett 10 pH Regulation and Excretion in Echinoderms / Meike Stumpp and Marian Y. Hu 11 Acid–Base Regulation and Ammonia Excretion in Cephalopods: An Ontogenetic Overview / Marian Hu and Yung-Che Tseng Service Part Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: 9783319729534 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The quantity, diversity and availability of transport data is increasing rapidly, requiring new skills in the management and interrogation of data and databases. Recent years have seen a new wave of 'big data', 'Data Science', and 'smart cities' changing the world, with the Harvard Business Review describing Data Science as the "sexiest job of the 21st century". Transportation professionals and researchers need to be able to use data and databases in order to establish quantitative, empirical facts, and to validate and challenge their mathematical models, whose axioms have traditionally often been assumed rather than rigorously tested against data. This book takes a highly practical approach to learning about Data Science tools and their application to investigating transport issues. The focus is principally on practical, professional work with real data and tools, including business and ethical issues.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 185 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9783319729534 , 978-3-319-72953-4
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 “Data Science” and “Big Data” 1.1 Transport Data Science Examples 1.1.1 Origin-Destination Analysis on the London Orbital Motorway 1.1.2 Airline Pricing and Arbitrage 1.1.3 Pothole Monitoring 1.1.4 Foursquare 1.1.5 Self-driving Cars 1.1.6 Taxi Services 1.2 The Claim 1.3 Definitions 1.4 Relationship with Other Fields 1.5 Ethics 1.6 Cynical Views 1.7 Exercise: itsleeds Virtual Desktop Setup 1.8 Further Reading 1.9 Appendix: Native Installation 2 Python for Data Science Primer 2.1 Programming Skills Check 2.2 Programming Languages 2.3 Programming Environment 2.4 Core Language 2.4.1 Lists 2.4.2 Dictionaries 2.4.3 Control Structures 2.4.4 Files 2.4.5 Functions 2.5 Libraries 2.5.1 Modules 2.5.2 Mathematics 2.5.3 Plotting 2.5.4 Data Frames 2.5.5 Debugging 2.6 Further Reading 3 Database Design 3.1 Before the Relational Model 3.2 Picturing the World 3.2.1 Ontology 3.2.2 Philosophical Ontology 3.2.3 Data Ontology 3.2.4 Structured Query Language (SQL) 3.3 Exercises 3.3.1 Setting up PostgreSQL 3.3.2 SQL Creation Language 3.3.3 SQL Query Language 3.3.4 SQL Python Binding 3.3.5 Importing Vehicle Bluetooth Data 3.4 Further Reading 4 Data Preparation 4.1 Obtaining Data 4.2 Basic Text Processing 4.3 Formal Grammar: The Chomsky Hierarchy 4.3.1 Regular Languages (Type 3) 4.3.2 Context-Free Languages (Type 2) 4.3.3 Beyond CFGs (Types 1 and 0) 4.4 Special Types 4.4.1 Strings and Numbers 4.4.2 Dates and Times 4.4.3 National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) Format 4.5 Common Formats 4.6 Cleaning 4.7 B + Tree Implementation 4.8 Exercises 4.8.1 Reading the Database with Pandas 4.8.2 printf Notation 4.8.3 DateTimes 4.8.4 Time Alignment and Differencing 4.8.5 Parsing 4.8.6 Vehicle Bluetooth Munging 4.9 Further Reading 5 Spatial Data 5.1 Geodesy 5.2 Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) 5.3 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 5.3.1 Role of GIS System 5.3.2 Spatial Ontology 5.3.3 Spatial Data Structures 5.4 Implementations 5.4.1 Spatial Files 5.4.2 Spatial Data Sources 5.4.3 Spatial Databases 5.4.4 Spatial Data Frames 5.5 Exercises 5.5.1 GPS Projections 5.5.2 PostGIS 5.5.3 GeoPandas 5.5.4 QGIS Road Maps 5.5.5 Plotting Open Street Map (OSM) Roads 5.5.6 Obtaining OSM Data 5.5.7 Bluetooth Traffic Sensor Sites 5.6 Further Reading 6 Bayesian Inference 6.1 Bayesian Inference Versus “Statistics” 6.2 Motorway Journey Times 6.3 Bayesian Inference 6.3.1 Bayes’ Theorem 6.3.2 Legal Inference: A Pedestrian Hit-and-Run Incident 6.3.3 Priors and Posteriors 6.3.4 Road User Tracking 6.4 Bayesian Networks 6.4.1 Bayesian Network for Traffic Lights 6.4.2 Bayesian Network for Traffic Accidents 6.4.3 Reporting 6.4.4 Car Insurance 6.5 Priors and Prejudice 6.6 Causality 6.7 Model Comparison and Combination 6.8 Exercises 6.8.1 Inferring Traffic Lights with PyMC3 6.8.2 Inferring Accident Road State Change with PyMC3 6.8.3 Switching Poisson Journey Times 6.9 Further Reading 7 Machine Learning 7.1 Generative Versus Discriminative Vehicle Emissions 7.2 Simple Classifiers 7.2.1 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) 7.2.2 Nearest Neighbor 7.2.3 Template Matching 7.2.4 Naïve Bayes Classification 7.2.5 Decision Trees 7.3 Neural Networks and “Deep Learning” 7.3.1 Parallel Computing Back-Propagation 7.4 Limitations and Extensions 7.5 Exercises 7.6 Further Reading 8 Spatial Analysis 8.1 Spatial Statistics 8.2 Bayesian Spatial Models 8.2.1 Markov Random Fields (MRF) 8.2.2 Gaussian Processes (Kriging) 8.3 Vehicle Routing 8.3.1 Link-breaking 8.4 Spatial Features 8.5 Exploratory Analysis 8.6 Scaling Issues 8.7 Exercises 8.7.1 Gaussian Processes in GPy 8.7.2 Gaussian Process Traffic Densities 8.7.3 Vehicle Routing with PostGIS 8.7.4 Finding Roadside Sensor Sites 8.8 Further Reading 9 Data Visualisation 9.1 Visual Perception 9.1.1 Colours 9.1.2 Visual Attention 9.2 Geographic Visualization (Maps) 9.2.1 Traffic Flow Maps 9.2.2 Slippy Maps 9.2.3 Info-Graphics 9.3 Exercises 9.3.1 Web Page Maps with Leaflet 9.3.2 Bluetooth Origin-Destination Flows 9.3.3 Large Project Suggestions 9.4 Further Reading 10 Big Data 10.1 Medium-Sized Data Speedups 10.2 Enterprise Data Scaling 10.3 CAP Theorem 10.4 Big Data Scaling 10.4.1 Data “Lakes” 10.4.2 Grid Computing 10.4.3 Map-Reduce and Cloud Computing 10.4.4 Hadoop Ecosystem 10.4.5 Non-relational Databases (“NoSQL”) 10.4.6 Distributed Relational Databases (“NewSQL”) 10.5 Exercises 10.5.1 Prolog AI Car Insurance Queries 10.5.2 Map-Reduce on Vehicle Bluetooth Data 10.5.3 Setting up Hadoop and Spark 10.5.4 Finding Vehicle Matches in Hadoop 10.5.5 Traffic Flow Prediction with Spark 10.5.6 Large Project Suggestions 10.6 Further Reading 11 Professional Issues 11.1 Morals, Ethics, and Law 11.2 Ethical Issues 11.2.1 Privacy 11.2.2 De-anonymization (“Doxing”) 11.2.3 Predictive Analytics 11.2.4 Social and Selfish Equilibria 11.2.5 Monetization 11.2.6 Ontological Bias 11.2.7 p-hacking 11.2.8 Code Quality 11.2.9 Agency Conflicts 11.2.10 Server Jurisdiction 11.2.11 Security Services 11.3 UK Legal Framework 11.3.1 Data Protection Act 1988 11.3.2 General Data Protection Regulation (GPDR) 11.4 Role of the Data Scientist 11.5 Exercises 11.6 Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: 9783319730288 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gathers contributions from scientists and industry representatives on achieving a sustainable bioeconomy. It also covers the social sciences, economics, business, education and the environmental sciences. There is an urgent need to optimise and maximise the use of biological resources, so that primary production and processing systems can generate more food, fibre and other bio-based products with less environmental impacts and lower greenhouse gas emissions. In other words, we need a “sustainable bioeconomy” – a term that encompasses the sustainable production of renewable resources from land, fisheries and aquaculture environments and their conversion into food, feed, fibre bio-based products and bio-energy, as well as related public goods. Despite the relevance of achieving a sustainable bioeconomy, there are very few publications in this field. Addressing that gap, this book illustrates how biological resources and ecosystems could be used in a more sustainable, efficient and integrated manner – in other words, how the principles of sustainable bioeconomy can be implemented in practice. Given its interdisciplinary nature, the field of sustainable bioeconomy offers a unique opportunity to address complex and interconnected challenges, while also promoting economic growth. It helps countries and societies to make a transition and to use resources more efficiently, and shows how to rely less on biological resources to satisfy industry demands and consumer needs. The papers are innovative, cross-cutting and include many practice-based lessons learned, some of which are reproducible elsewhere. In closing, the book, prepared by the Inter-University Sustainable Development Research Programme (IUSDRP) and the World Sustainable Development Research and Transfer Centre (WSD-RTC), reiterates the need to promote a sustainable bioeconomy today.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 575 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319730288 , 978-3-319-73028-8
    ISSN: 2199-7373 , 2199-7381
    Series Statement: World sustainability series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Bioeconomy: Concepts, Fundaments and New Approaches Fostering Sustainable Bioeconomies: The Role of Conscious Consumption / Madhavi Venkatesan Service-Based Bioeconomy—Multilevel Perspective to Assess the Evolving Bioeconomy with a Service Lens / Päivi Pelli, Jyrki Kangas and Jouni Pykäläinen Environmental Sustainability Indicators for the Bioeconomy / Tiina Pursula, Maija Aho, Ida Rönnlund and Minna Päällysaho A Macroeconomic Perspective on Green Growth / Mounaim Sebastian Rhozyel and Jolanta Žalpytė Part II Bioeconomy: Industry, Market and Financing Possibilities The Biodiversity Finance Initiative: An Approach to Identify and Implement Biodiversity-Centered Finance Solutions for Sustainable Development / Marco Arlaud, Tracey Cumming, Ian Dickie, Marlon Flores, Onno van den Heuvel, David Meyers, Massimiliano Riva, Andrew Seidl and Annabelle Trinidad Bioeconomy Opportunities in the Danube Region / Miklós Gyalai-Korpos, Zoltán Szabó, Miklós Hollósy, Bence Dávid, Kinga Pencz, Csaba Fehér and Zsolt Barta Barriers to Acceptance of Bio-Based Substitutes: How Schema Incongruity Can Hinder the Purchase of Bio-Based Products / Katja Rudolph Key Factors for the Successful Implementation of Payments for Environmental Services and Offsets for Biodiversity Management and Sustainable Development / P. Puydarrieux and A. L. Mésenge Part III Bioeconomy: Innovative Approaches and Technological Possibilities Development of Blue Revolution Through Integrated Bio-cycles System on Tropical Natural Resources Management / Cahyono Agus Local Knowledge and Resources as Driving Forces of Sustainable Bioeconomy / Maris Klavins and Vaira Obuka Tropicalizing Sustainable Bioeconomy: Initial Lessons from Ecuador / Daniel V. Ortega-Pacheco, Ariel Silva, Alfredo López, Ramón Espinel, Diego Inclán and María J. Mendoza-Jiménez Economic Assessment of Tourism Based on Shark-Seeing and Diving as a More Profitable Activity Than Commercial Fishing / Yessica Miriam Plata Zepeda, Patricia Ramírez Romero and Fabíola S. Sosa-Rodríguez Part IV Bioeconomy: Advances on Agriculture, Biofarming and Food Production Potential for Sustainable Urban Food Production in a Medium Scale City in Germany / Kay Plat, Andreas Meyer, Petra Schneider and Kai Perret Building Bioeconomy in Agriculture: Harnessing Soil Microbes for Sustaining Ecosystem Services / Raj Rengalakshmi, Manjula M., V. R. Prabavathy, S. Jegan and B. Selvamukilan Revitalisation of Agricultural Biomass for an Industrial Bio-economy, Case Studies on South Africa and Netherlands Bio-economy / Marie Blanche Ting and Jim Philp Mangrove Restoration an Economical Alternative for Generating Incomes / Ángel Sol Sánchez, Gloria Isela Hernández Melchor, Juan Manuel Zaldívar Cruz, Carlos Alberto Zúñiga González and José Luis Santiváñez Galarza Green-Growth Policies and Economic Effects: Lessons Learnt from Organic Farming in the Czech Republic / Radka Redlichová, Věra Bečvářová, Diana Mihaela Pociovălișteanu, Karel Vinohradský and Ivo Zdráhal Family Farmers’ Cooperative from Ibiúna, São Paulo State, Brazil: An Example of Social Capital as a Driver for Ecological Sustainability Change / Paulo Roberto Borges de Brito Part V Bioeconomy: Advances on Bioenergy and Biofuels Constructing a Sustainable Bioeconomy: Multi-scalar Perceptions of Sustainability / Aparajita Banerjee, Chelsea L. Schelly and Kathleen E. Halvorsen Contributions of Public Policies to Greening Sugarcane Ethanol Production in Brazil / Issa Ibrahim Berchin, Sthefanie Aguiar da Silva, Pierre Bocquillon, Vitória Haendchen Fornasari, Larissa Pereira Cipoli Ribeiro, João Marcelo Pereira Ribeiro and José Baltazar Salgueirinho Osório de Andrade Guerra Sustainable Development: Implications for Energy Policy in Nigeria / A. V. Adejumo and O. O. Adejumo To Cultivate or Not to Cultivate? An Exploratory Analysis of What Influences Greek Farmers’ Decisions Towards the Cultivation of Bioenergy Crops / Eugenia Petropoulou, Vasiliki Petousi and Irini Theodorakopoulou Bioenergy Development in Sweden—Frameworks for Success / Anders Chr. Hansen and Anna Berlina Ecological Limits to Sustainable Use of Wood Fuels / Janis Abolins Part VI Bioeconomy: Advances on Bio-Based Forest Resources and Biomass Sustainability-Driven New Business Models in Wood Construction Towards 2030 / Anne Toppinen, Minna Autio, Miska Sauru and Sami Berghäll A Governance Framework for a Sustainable Bioeconomy: Insights from the Case of the German Wood-based Bioeconomy / Erik Gawel, Alexandra Purkus, Nadine Pannicke and Nina Hagemann Holistic Indicator for Optimizing Forest Governance / Mihail Hanzu Qualitative and Quantitative Indicators of Coniferous in Boreal Zone After Care for a Forest / Dmitry Danilov Bioeconomy Meets the Circular Economy: The RESYNTEX and FORCE Projects / Walter Leal Filho Erratum to: Towards a Sustainable Bioeconomy: Principles, Challenges and Perspectives / Walter Leal Filho, Diana-Mihaela Pociovălișteanu, Paulo Roberto Borges de Brito and Ismar Borges de Lima
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319256917 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents a collection of accepted papers from the 3DGeoinfo 2015 international conference held in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia from October 28 - 30, 2015. All papers underwent double-blind review by experts from around the globe. The conference brought together pioneering international researchers and practitioners to facilitate the dialogue on emerging topics in the field of 3D geo-information. The focus areas include: - Data Collection and Modeling: advanced approaches for 3D data collection, reconstruction and methods for representation - Data Management: topological, geometrical and network models for maintenance of 3D geoinformation - Data Analysis and Visualization: frameworks for representing 3D spatial relationships, 3D spatial analysis and algorithms for navigation, interpolation, advanced VR, AR and MR visualisation, as well as 3D visualization on mobile devices - 3D Applications: city models, Cadastre, LBS, etc.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 512 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319256917 , 978-3-319-25691-7
    ISSN: 1863-2246 , 1863-2351
    Series Statement: Lecture notes in geoinformation and cartography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Realistic Benchmarks for Point Cloud Data Management Systems / Peter van Oosterom, Oscar Martinez-Rubi, Theo Tijssen and Romulo Gonçalves Does a Finer Level of Detail of a 3D City Model Bring an Improvement for Estimating Shadows? / Filip Biljecki, Hugo Ledoux and Jantien Stoter Interactive and View-Dependent See-Through Lenses for Massive 3D Point Clouds / Sören Discher, Rico Richter and Jürgen Döllner Representation of CityGML Instance Models in BaseX / Sabine Koch and Marc-O. Löwner A Spatio-Semantic Query Language for the Integrated Analysis of City Models and Building Information Models / S. Daum, A. Borrmann and T.H. Kolbe A Methodology for Modelling of 3D Spatial Constraints / Daniel Xu, Peter van Oosterom and Sisi Zlatanova Reconstructing 3D Building Models with the 2D Cadastre for Semantic Enhancement / Frédéric Pedrinis and Gilles Gesquière A 3D LADM Prototype Implementation in INTERLIS / Eftychia Kalogianni, Efi Dimopoulou and Peter van Oosterom Web-Based Tool for the Sustainable Refurbishment in Historic Districts Based on 3D City Model / Iñaki Prieto, Jose Luis Izkara and Rubén Béjar Terrestrial Laser Scanners Self-calibration Study: Datum Constraints Analyses for Network Configurations / Mohd Azwan Abbas, Halim Setan, Zulkepli Majid, Albert K. Chong, Lau Chong Luh, Khairulnizam M. Idris and Mohd Farid Mohd Ariff Managing Versions and History Within Semantic 3D City Models for the Next Generation of CityGML / Kanishk Chaturvedi, Carl Stephen Smyth, Gilles Gesquière, Tatjana Kutzner and Thomas H. Kolbe Cartographic Enrichment of 3D City Models—State of the Art and Research Perspectives / Stefan Peters, Mathias Jahnke, Christian E. Murphy, Liqiu Meng and Alias Abdul-Rahman Comparison of 2D & 3D Parameter-Based Models in Urban Fine Dust Distribution Modelling / Yahya Ghassoun and M.-O. Löwner Investigating Semantic Functionality of 3D Geometry for Land Administration / George Floros, Eva Tsiliakou, Dimitrios Kitsakis, Ioannis Pispidikis and Efi Dimopoulou 3D Complete Traffic Noise Analysis Based on CityGML / Lu Lu, Thomas Becker and Marc-Oliver Löwner Highly Efficient Computer Oriented Octree Data Structure and Neighbours Search in 3D GIS / Noraidah Keling, Izham Mohamad Yusoff, Habibah Lateh and Uznir Ujang Framework for on an Open 3D Urban Analysis / Marc-O. Löwner and Thomas Becker Usability Assessment of a Virtual Globe-Based 4D Archaeological GIS / Berdien De Roo, Jean Bourgeois and Philippe De Maeyer Temporal and Spatial Database Support for Geothermal Sub-surface Applications / M. Jahn, M. Breunig, E. Butwilowski, P.V. Kuper, A. Thomsen, M. Al-Doori and E. Schill Automatic Semantic and Geometric Enrichment of CityGML Building Models Using HOG-Based Template Matching / Jon Slade, Christopher B. Jones and Paul L. Rosin Stochastic Buildings Generation to Assist in the Design of Right to Build Plans / Mickaël Brasebin, Julien Perret and Romain Reuillon 3D Marine Administration System Based on LADM / Aikaterini Athanasiou, Ioannis Pispidikis and Efi Dimopoulou Assessing the Suitability of Using Google Glass in Designing 3D Geographic Information for Navigation / Kelvin Wong and Claire Ellul Review and Assessment of Current Cadastral Data Models for 3D Cadastral Applications / Ali Aien, Abbas Rajabifard, Mohsen Kalantari and Ian Williamson The Hierarchical Three-Dimensional (3D) Dynamic Water Infiltration on Multi-layers of Soil According to Voronoi Sequence Nodes Based on the Three-Dimensional Triangular Irregular Network (3D TIN) / Siti Nurbaidzuri Reli, Izham Mohamad Yusoff, Habibah Lateh and Uznir Ujang A Data Model for the Interactive Construction and Correction of 3D Building Geometry Based on Planar Half-Spaces / Martin Kada, Andreas Wichmann, Nina Manzke and Yevgeniya Filippovska The Potential of the 3D Dual Half-Edge (DHE) Data Structure for Integrated 2D-Space and Scale Modelling: A Review / Hairi Karim, Alias Abdul Rahman, Pawel Boguslawski, Martijn Meijers and Peter van Oosterom Towards Integrating BIM and GIS—An End-to-End Example from Point Cloud to Analysis / Claire Ellul, Gareth Boyes, Charles Thomson and Dietmar Backes
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319560175
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is about the roles and importance of Ultraviolet (UV) light from sun and from man-made UV lamps in our daily life, on health and diseases, also its application in sterilization and treatment. The key words are: reactive oxygen species, DNA damage, UV mutagenicity, skin cancers, polymorphous light eruption, Xeroderma pigmentosum, vitiligo, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes mellitus, metabolic syndromes, cardiovascular diseases, dermatology, photobiology, photodermatosis, vitamin D synthesis, vitamin D efficiency, water sterilization, blood sterilization, phototherapies, skin tanning and UV dosimeter. The book starts with introduction to UV light and the history of development of UV lamps and its applications. It then moves to describing the interaction of this light with biological components and the production of reactive oxygen species, their roles in cell signaling, cellular defense from foreign invaders, in mutagenesis leading to skin diseases including vitiligo, polymorphous light eruption and various forms of skin cancer. Then it presents the synthesis and importance of UV light and diseases, induced due to the deficiency of vitamin D. Roles of UV light in sterilization, disinfection, phototherapies are depicted in the next part and finally use and abuse of UV light in tanning salon and the availability and importance of use of UV dosimeter are highlighted. The three main focuses of this book are: - Damage to biological systems by UV light leading to certain skin diseases; most importantly skin cancers. - Importance of UV light in the in vivo synthesis of vitamin D when human bodies are exposed to it. - Diseases caused due to the deficiency of vitamin D and the use of UV lamps in phototherapy and sterilization processes. The editor has considerable experience in publishing medical books and has used it critically selecting the matters which will attract the readers from many areas of medical and non-medical fields. It is hoped that the materials presented in this book will give great benefit and will stimulate both novice and expert researchers in the field. The book gives excellent overviews of the current status of research and pointers to the future research achievements. Clinicians, medical general practitioners, technicians and staff working in UV related industries and especially those working in tanning salon should benefit from the information presented in safe handling of this light.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 365 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319560175 , 978-3-319-56017-5
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology Volume 996
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction, Historical Aspects and Sources of UV Light 1 History of UV Lamps, Types, and Their Applications / Shamim I. Ahmad, Luisa Christensen, and Elma Baron Part II UV Photoproducts, Damage to DNA and Mutagenesis 2 Ultraviolet Light Induced Generation of Reactive Oxygen Species / T.L. de Jager, A.E. Cockrell, and S.S. Du Plessis Part III UV Light and Human Diseases 3 UV-Induced Molecular Signaling Differences in Melanoma and Non-melanoma Skin Cancer / Feng Liu-Smith, Jinjing Jia, and Yan Zheng 4 Xeroderma Pigmentosa Group A (XPA), Nucleotide Excision Repair and Regulation by ATR in Response to Ultraviolet Irradiation / Phillip R. Musich, Zhengke Li, and Yue Zou 5 Impact of Ultraviolet Light on Vitiligo / Rasnik K. Singh 6 Polymorphous Light Eruption / Marcella Guarrera 7 Ultraviolet Radiations: Skin Defense-Damage Mechanism / Dheeraj Mohania, Shikha Chandel, Parveen Kumar, Vivek Verma, Kumar Digvijay, Deepika Tripathi, Khushboo Choudhury, Sandeep Kumar Mitten, and Dilip Shah 8 Ultraviolet Photobiology in Dermatology / Luisa Christensen, Amanda Suggs, and Elma Baron 9 Ultraviolet A-1 in Dermatological Diseases / Torello M. Lotti and Serena Gianfaldoni 10 Photodermatoses in the Pigmented Skin / Vinod Kumar Sharma and Kanika Sahni 11 Psycho-Neuro-Endocrine- Immunology: A Psychobiological Concept / Katlein França and Torello M. Lotti Part IV UV Light Benefits to Man 12 Ultraviolet B Radiation: The Vitamin D Connection / Michael F. Holick 13 Role of Vitamin D in Rheumatoid Arthritis / Mattia Bellan, Pier Paolo Sainaghi, and Mario Pirisi 14 Asthma and Allergy “Epidemic” and the Role of Vitamin D Deficiency / Konstantinos Douros, Barbara Boutopoulou, Sotirios Fouzas, and Ioanna Loukou 15 Vitamin D Metabolism and the Implications for Atherosclerosis / Amanda L. Bennett and Carl J. Lavie 16 Vitamin D and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus / Claire Michael Issa 17 Impact of UV Radiation on Genome Stability and Human Health / Sujit Roy 18 Vitamin D, Cardiovascular Disease and Risk Factors / Tea Skaaby, Betina H. Thuesen, and Allan Linneberg Part V UV Light in Sterilization 19 Biofilms: Microbial Strategies for Surviving UV Exposure / Carla C.C.R. de Carvalho 20 UV Induced Mutagenicity in Water: Causes, Detection, Identification and Prevention / Roberta (C.H.M.) Hofman-Caris 21 Role of Ultraviolet Disinfection in the Prevention of Surgical Site Infections / Sarah Simmons, Charles Dale, James Holt, Katie Velasquez, and Mark Stibich 22 UV Disinfection of Wastewater and Combined Sewer Overflows / John Gibson, Jennifer Drake, and Bryan Karney Part VI UV Light in Phototherapy 23 Phototherapy in Atopic Dermatitis / José María Ortiz-Salvador and Amparo Pérez-Ferriols 24 Phototherapy of Psoriasis, a Chronic Inflammatory Skin Disease / Emőke Rácz and Errol P. Prens 25 Ultraviolet Irradiation of Blood: “The Cure That Time Forgot”? / Michael R. Hamblin 26 From UV Protection to Protection in the Whole Spectral Range of the Solar Radiation: New Aspects of Sunscreen Development / Leonhard Zastrow, Martina C. Meinke, Stephanie Albrecht, Alexa Patzelt, and Juergen Lademann 27 Safety and Efficacy of Phototherapy in the Management of Eczema / Annalisa Patrizi, Beatrice Raone, and Giulia Maria Ravaioli Part VII Tanning Saloon 28 UV Driven Tanning Salons: Danger on Main Street / Jean-François Doré and Marie-Christine Chignol Part VIII UV Dosimeters 29 Dose Quantification in UV Phototherapy / David Robert Grimes Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9789811084171 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book summarizes the application of plant derived anticancer compounds as chemopreventives to treat several cancer types, focusing on the molecular mechanisms of action of phytocompounds and providing an overview of the basic processes at the cellular and molecular level that are involved in the progression of the cancer and can be employed in targeted preventive therapies. In addition, it highlights the development of novel anticancer drugs from plant sources using bioinformatics approaches. The compiled chapter data aids readers understanding of issues related to bioavailability, toxic effects and mechanisms of action of phytocompounds, and helps them identify the leads and utilize them against various cancer types effectively. Furthermore, it promotes the use of bioinformatics tools in medicinal plants to expedite their use in plant breeding programs to develop molecular markers to distinguish disease subtypes and predicting mutation, which in turn improves cancer diagnosis and prognosis, and to develop new lead compounds computationally. Thebook provides scientific verifications of plant compounds mechanisms of action against various cancers and offers useful information for students, teachers, and healthcare professionals involved in drug discovery, and clinical and therapeutic research.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 360 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811084171 , 978-981-10-8417-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Omics: A Holistic Approach in Cancer Treatment / Madhumati Bora and Pratibha Parihar 2 Plant miRNAs and Phytomolecules As Anticancer Therapeutics / Nikita Shukla, Virendra Shukla, and Sangeeta Saxena 3 Potential of Herbal Medicines in Colorectal Carcinoma and Their Mechanism of Action / Navina Panneerselvan, Rajeswari Ravindran, Palanisamy Arulselvan, and Ravindran Jaganathan 4 Elucidation of Mechanisms of Anticancer Plant Compounds Against the Tumor Cells / Radhakrishnan Narayanaswamy and Mallappa Kumara Swamy 5 Computational Approach Towards Exploring Interaction of Target Protein-Phytocompounds in Drug Development for Breast Cancer / Asita Elengoe and Salehhuddin Hamdan 6 Anticancer Potential of Andrographolide, a Diterpenoid Lactone from Andrographis paniculata: A Nature’s Treasure for Chemoprevention and Therapeutics / Imran Khan, Mohd Aslam Yusuf, Irfan Ahmad Ansari, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 7 Anticancer Activity of Herbal Medicine: Mechanism of Action / Nand Kumar Singh, Alok Kumar Yadav, Preeti Sirohi, Manjoo Rani, Saurabh Saraswat, Manish Pratap Singh, Ashutosh Mani, and Sameer Srivastava 8 Metabolomic Study of Chemo-preventive Phytochemicals and Their Therapeutic Prospects / Nibir Ranjan Parasar, Channakeshavaiah Chikkaputtaiah, Mohan Lal, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 9 CADD Studies Applied to Secondary Metabolites in the Anticancer Drug Research / Luciana Scotti, Nagendra Sastry Yarla, Francisco J. B. Mendonça Filho, José M. Barbosa Filho, Marcelo S. da Silva, Josean F. Tavares, and Marcus Tullius Scotti 10 Anticancerous Plant Compounds Affecting the Power House of Cancerous Cells: A Possible Herbal Mitocan / Shalini Mani, Nancy Taneja, Sweekriti Jain, and Manisha Singh 11 Phytoestrogens as a Natural Source for the Possible Colon Cancer Treatment / Suresh Challa, Rajanna Ajumeera, and Naresh Venna 12 Bioinformatics Approaches for Genomics and Post Genomics Applications of Anticancer Plants / Avni Mehta and Yasha Hasija 13 Fruits of Rosaceae Family as a Source of Anticancer Compounds and Molecular Innovations / Muhammad Sameeullah, Muttalip Gündoğdu, İhsan Canan, Turan Karadeniz, Muhammad Aasim, and Khalid Mahmood Khawar 14 Mechanism of Action of Anticancer Herbal Medicines / Mohd Gulfishan, Muhammad Afzal, Imran Kazmi, Anwarulabedin Mohsin Quazi, Tariq Ahmad Bhat, and Ajmat Jahan
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: PIK N 071-15-89205
    Description / Table of Contents: This book offers new perspectives of transdisciplinary research, in methodological as well as theoretical respects. It provides insights in the two-fold bio-physical and the socio-cultural global embeddedness of local living conditions on the basis of selected empirical studies from Latin America, Asia, Africa, Australia, and Europe. The theoretical foundations of ecological research and sustainability policies were developed at the end of the nineteenth century. They are largely based on investigations of living spaces, and the evolution and differentiation of varied life forms. This perspective is embedded in the practical and theoretical European problem situations of the past and lacks social and cultural differentiation. The transformation of spatial and natural relations as a result of the globalization process is so radical that new theories are needed to solve 21st century ecological problems. Moreover, in view of the lack of an ontologically sound and promising strategy for transdisciplinary problem solving, as well as an acceptable consideration of the power of cultural schemas relating to natural living’s interpretations, there is a strong need to focus on sustainable social practices, habits, and routines, rather than on predominantly living spaces or eco-topes. This book elaborates on the transdisciplinary approach by reflecting on the theoretical heritage and a global perspective of sustainability, by focusing on the primary role of a social approach in sustainability research, and by putting emphasis on cultural dimension of sustainability. It postulates that global sustainability is grounded in a global understanding of our everyday activities
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 300 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783319164779 , 9783319164762
    Language: English
    Note: Introduction; Benno WerlenPreface: Speech at TIERS Conference in Jena on 8 June 2012; Matthias Machnig -- PART I: INTEGRATED TRANSDISCIPLINARY RESEARCH -- Chapter 1: Sustainability and Territory: An Approach from the Perspective of the Imaginary in Shaping Development; Enrique Aliste -- Chapter 2: Challenges for Transdisciplinary Research; Joske Bunders -- Chapter 3: Narratives for a Sustainable Future. Vision and Motivation for Collective Action; Ilan Chabay -- PART II: KNOWLEDGE -- Chapter 4: Carving a Niche for the Social Sciences in Trans-disciplinary Research on Climate Change Adaptation and Agriculture in Southern Africa; Chipo Plaxedes Mubaya -- Chapter 5: From Co-Production of Knowledge to Transdisciplinary Research. Lessons from the Quest for Producing Socially Robust Knowledge; Juergen Weichselgartner and Bernhard Truffer -- PART III: INTERFACES SOCIETY NATURE -- Chapter 6: Terrestrial Ecosystems Dynamic in the Senegalese Agro-silvopastoral Center-east in the Second Half of the XXe Century; Aliou Dijouf and Matthew G. Hatvany -- Chapter 7: Integrated Global Change Research in West Africa: Flood Vulnerability Studies; Ibidun Adelekan -- Chapter 8: Integrated Approach in Environment Management: Context Bangladesh; Raquib Ahmed -- Chapter 9: Awareness of and Responses to the 2011 Flood Warnings among Vulnerable Communities in Lagos, Nigeria; Olokesusi, F., Olorunfemi, F.B., Onwuemele A. and Oke, M.O -- PART IV: INTERFACES SCIENCE POLICY -- Chapter 10: Solution-Based Spatial Planning for Disaster Risk Reduction and Adaptation to Climate Change in Taiwan; Yu-Fang Lin -- Chapter 11: Institutions and Planning: A Reflection from the Disaster Management Planning in Indonesia; Hendricus A Simarmata and Raka W Suryandaru -- Chapter 12: Could the Search for Sustainability Reinforce the Socio-ecological Conflict? The Mining Industry in Chile and its Impact at the Local and Regional Level; Fernando Campos-Medina -- Chapter 13: Institutions and Planning: A Reflection from Disaster Management Planning in Indonesia; Hendricus A. Simarmata and Raka W. Suryandaru -- Chapter 14: Could the Search for Sustainability Reinforce the Socio-ecological Conflict? The Mining Industry in Chile and its Impact at the Local and Regional Level; Fernando Campos-Medina -- Chapter 15: Political decision-making and Scientific Insights. A comment form the Political Arena; Matthias Machnig..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin, Heidelberg ;s.l. : Springer Berlin Heidelberg
    Call number: 10/M 15.89254
    Description / Table of Contents: Kohlendioxid ist eine bedeutende Verbindung in unserer Atmosphäre. Mit Wasser ergibt sie Kohlensäure und ist daher in allen Wässern zugegen. In welchem Ausmaß und in welcher Form Kohlendioxid im Wasser vorliegt, kann mit einfachen mathematischen Gleichungen berechnet werden. Wie diese Gleichungen hergeleitet und was damit ausgesagt werden kann, wird in diesem Buch an Hand von 3D-Grafiken ausführlich gezeigt und diskutiert. Die angegebenen Gleichungen können zur Berechnung von wasserchemischen Parametern herangezogen werden. Das Buch richtet sich an Hydrochemiker, Hydrogeologen, Hydrologen, Umweltwissenschaftler, Analytiker und Chemiker, die sich mit Wasserchemie beschäftigen und an fortgeschrittene Studierende, die die theoretischen Grundlagen des Kohlendioxidgleichgewichts vertiefen wollen sowie an alle, die sich für die mathematische Behandlung von chemischen Gleichgewichten interessieren. Der Autor Hofrat Mag. Dr. Gerhard Hobiger diplomierte in Analytischer Chemie und promovierte  über die chemische Bindung im TiO-Festkörper an der Universität Wien. Anschließend war er im Zentrallabor des Umweltbundesamtes tätig und ist jetzt der Leiter der Fachabteilung Geochemie an der Geologischen Bundesanstalt in Wien
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 142 S. 94 Abb) , online resource
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Life Science and Basic Disciplines
    ISBN: 9783662454664 , 9783662454657
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Classification:
    Chemistry
    Parallel Title: Print version: Kohlendioxid in Wasser mit Alkalinität : Berechnung und grafische Darstellung der chemischen Gleichgewichte
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.: Hobiger, Gerhard: Kohlendioxid in Wasser mit Alkalinität
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort1 Einleitung -- 2 Grundlegende Definitionen -- 3 Das offene System Kohlendioxid in Wasser mit Alkalinität -- 4 Das offene System von Kohlendioxid in reinem Wasser als Spezialfall des allgemeinen Falles mit Alkalinität -- Anhang 1-5..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: PIK D 020-15-0143 ; IASS 15.89713
    Description / Table of Contents: Complexity science-made possible by modern analytical and computational advances-is changing the way we think about social systems and social theory. Unfortunately, economists' policy models have not kept up and are stuck in either a market fundamentalist or government control narrative. While these standard narratives are useful in some cases, they are damaging in others, directing thinking away from creative, innovative policy solutions. Complexity and the Art of Public Policy outlines a new, more flexible policy narrative, which envisions society as a complex evolving system that is uncont
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 310 S.
    ISBN: 9780691152097
    Language: English
    Note: Cover; Title; Copyright; CONTENTS; Acknowledgments; PART I. THE COMPLEXITY FRAME FOR POLICY; Chapter 1. Twin Peaks; Chapter 2. Government With, Not Versus, the Market; Chapter 3. I Pencil Revisited: Beyond Market Fundamentalism; Chapter 4. The Complexity Policy Frame; PART II. EXPLORING THE FOUNDATIONS; Chapter 5. How Economics Lost the Complexity Vision; Chapter 6. How Macroeconomics Lost the Complexity Vision; Chapter 7. Complexity: A New Kind of Science?; Chapter 8: A New Kind of Complexity Economics?; Chapter 9. Nudging toward a Complexity Policy Frame. , PART III. LAISSEZ-FAIRE ACTIVISM IN PRACTICEChapter 10. The Economics of Influence; Chapter 11. Implementing Influence Policy; Chapter 12. Laissez-Faire Activism; Chapter 13. Getting the Ecostructure of Government Right; PART IV. THE LOST AGENDA; Chapter 14. Getting the Ecostructure of Social Science Education Right; Chapter 15. The Lost Agenda; Notes; Bibliography; Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer | Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Call number: PIK N 531-16-89932
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Climatic Adaptation of Boreal and Temperate Tree Species -- 2. Dynamic Modelling of the Annual Cycle -- 3. The Annual Phenological Cycle -- 4. The Annual Cycle of Photosynthesis in Evergreen Conifers -- 5. The Annual Cycle of Frost Hardiness -- 6. Evolutionary Aspects of the Annual Cycle -- 7. Upscaling to Higher Levels of Organisation -- 8. The Annual Cycle Under Changing Climatic Conditions -- 9. Concluding Remarks
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an overview of how boreal and temperate tree species have adapted their annual development cycle to the seasonally varying climatic conditions. Therefore, the frost hardy dormant phase, and the susceptible growth phase, are synchronized with the seasonality of the climate. The volume discusses the annual cycle, including various attributes such as timing of bud burst and other phenological events, seasonality of photosynthetic capacity or the frost hardiness of the trees. During the last few decades dynamic ecophysiological models have been used increasingly in studies of the annual cycle, particularly when projecting the ecological effects of climate change. The main emphasis of this volume is on combining modelling with experimental studies, and on the importance of the biological realism of the models
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 342 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789401775496 , 9789401775472
    Series Statement: Biometeorology
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Call number: IASS 16.90012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 512 Seiten
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 97817847166777 , 9781784716660 (print) , 9781784716653 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: ""Cover""; ""Copyright""; ""Contents""; ""Preface""; ""Conventions""; ""Abbreviations""; ""1. Introduction""; ""PART I The Early Years""; ""2. Early attempts at monetary union and the Hague Summit""; ""3. The Werner Report and the collapse of Bretton Woods""; ""4. The 'snake in the tunnel' reappears""; ""5. Monetarism arrives amidst currency turmoil""; ""6. The Delors Report""; ""7. Onward to Maastricht""; ""8. The Maastricht Treaty""; ""9. Converging to crisis and austerity""; ""10. The ideological straitjacket""; ""11. The Stability and Growth Pact (SGP)"". , ""12. The convergence farce: smokescreens and denial""""PART II The Path to Crisis""; ""13. The first few years: smug self-congratulation and mass delusion""; ""14. The 2003 fiscal crisis""; ""15. The German 'jobwunder'""; ""16. European Groupthink: denial on a grand scale""; ""PART III The Options for Europe""; ""17. A monetary framework for fiscal policy activism""; ""18. Framing the debate: two alternative visions of the economy""; ""19. The basic principles of functional finance""; ""20. The federal solution""; ""21. Overt Monetary Financing""; ""22. Abandoning the euro"". , ""23. Employment guarantees""""References""; ""Index"".
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: PIK 16-89825
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getr. Zählung , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Berlin Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Universitätsbibliothek 2011 〈〈Nach einem Exemplar der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Universitätsbibliothek mit der Signatur: 〉〉Diss Geo11 P134
    Language: German
    Note: Berlin, Humboldt-Univ., Diss., 2011
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken : Taylor and Francis
    Call number: IASS 16.90022
    Description / Table of Contents: Today, the risks associated with global environmental change and the dangers of extreme climatic and geological events remind us of humanity's dependence on favourable environmental conditions. Our relationships with the landscapes and ecologies that we are a part of, the plants and animals that we share them with, and the natural resources that we extract, lie at the heart of contemporary social and political debates. It is no longer possible to understand key social scientific concerns without at the same time also understanding contemporary patterns of ecosystem change.The Routledge Interna
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 338 Seiten
    ISBN: 9781138645332
    Series Statement: Routledge International Handbooks
    Language: English
    Note: Cover; Title Page; Copyright Page; Table of Contents; List of illustrations; Notes on contributors; Acknowledgements; 1 Socio-ecological transformations and the social sciences; PART I Challenges, contradictions and consequences of global socio-ecological change; 2 Ecological modernization theory: taking stock, moving forward; 3 The emergence of new world-systems perspectives on global environmental change; 4 China's economic growth and environmental protection: approaching a 'win-win' situation? A discussion of ecological modernization theory; 5 Eco-imperialism and environmental justice. , 6 Neoliberalism by design: changing modalities of market-based environmental governance7 Dilemmas for standardizers of sustainable consumption; PART II Climate change, energy and adaptation; 8 Climate, scenario-building and governance: comprehending the temporalities of social-ecological change; 9 From Rio to Copenhagen: multilateral agreements, disagreements and situated actions; 10 Marriage on the rocks: sociology's counsel for our struggling energy-society relationships; 11 Sustainability as social practice: new perspectives on the theory and policies of reducing energy consumption. , 12 Environmental migration: nature, society and population movementPART III Urban environmental change, governance and adaptation; 13 Climate change and urban governance: a new politics?; 14 Recovering the city level in the global environmental struggle: going beyond carbon trading; 15 Hybrid arrangements within the environmental state; 16 The new mobilities paradigm and sustainable transport: finding synergies and creating new methods; PART IV Risk, uncertainty and social learning; 17 Towards a socio-ecological foundation for environmental risk research. , 18 Uncertainty and claims of uncertainty as impediments to risk management19 Transboundary risk governance: co-constructing environmental issues and political solutions; 20 The role of professionals in managing technological hazards: the Montara blowout; 21 Social learning to cope with global environmental change and unsustainability; PART V (Re)assembling social-ecological systems; 22 The social-ecological co-constitution of nature through ecological restoration: experimentally coping with inevitable ignorance and surprise. , 23 Biological invasions as cause and consequence of 'our' changing world: social and environmental paradoxes24 Biological resources, knowledge and property; 25 Disassembling and reassembling socionatural networks: integrated natural resource management in the Great Bear Rainforest; 26 Land use tensions for the development of renewable sources of energy; Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Baden-Baden : Nomos
    Call number: IASS 16.90030
    Description / Table of Contents: Demokratie ist mehr als eine Methode, Regierende zu wählen. Sie ist auch eine besondere Art, sich das Politische als offenen und freien Raum vorzustellen und zu erleben. Demokratische Repräsentation bringt dies zum Ausdruck und mobilisiert dafür Symbole. Das Buch untersucht diesen Mechanismus und macht das Symbolische und das Imaginäre zum ersten Mal zum Gegenstand einer Theorie politischer Repräsentation. Es zeichnet die Transformationen der politischen Repräsentation nach den demokratischen Revolutionen nach und analysiert dabei die symbolische Bedeutung des Körpers. Denn eine der Hauptinnovationen der Demokratie war der Abschied von der Verkörperung
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 387 S.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783848727773 (print)
    Series Statement: Studien zur Politischen Soziologie. Studies on Political Sociology 34
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.] : MIT Press
    Call number: PIK B 020-16-89772
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXVII, 1064 S. , graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2. ed.
    ISBN: 0262232588 (hbk.) , 9780262232586
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionConditional expectations and related concepts in econometrics -- Basic asymptotic theory -- Single-equation linear model and ordinary least squares estimation -- Instrumental variables estimation of single-equation linear models -- Additional single-equation topics -- Estimating systems of equations by ordinary least squares and generalized least squares -- System estimation by instrumental variables -- Simultaneous equations models..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Basingstoke, England : Palgrave Macmillan
    Call number: PIK B 160-16-90200
    Description / Table of Contents: This updated and revised edition outlines strategies and models for how to use technology and knowledge to improve performance, create jobs and increase income. It shows what skills will be required to produce, sell and manage performance over time, and how manual jobs can contribute to reduce the consumption of non-renewable resources
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIII, 349 Seiten , graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 0230584667 (hbk.) , 9781349369195 (pbk.) , 9780230584662 (hbk.)
    Language: English
    Note: Cover; Contents; List of Tables; List of Figures; Acknowledgements; List of Abbreviations/Glossary; Preface; Introduction; Chapter 1 Producing Performance; Chapter 2 Selling Performance; Chapter 3 Managing Performance Over Time; Chapter 4 Sustainability and the Performance Economy; Notes; References; Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...